]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1 | .TH LIBPNG 3 "December 15, 2011" | |
2 | .SH NAME | |
3 | libpng \- Portable Network Graphics (PNG) Reference Library 1.5.7 | |
4 | .SH SYNOPSIS | |
5 | \fI\fB | |
6 | ||
7 | \fB#include <png.h>\fP | |
8 | ||
9 | \fI\fB | |
10 | ||
11 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_access_version_number \fI(void\fP\fB);\fP | |
12 | ||
13 | \fI\fB | |
14 | ||
15 | \fBvoid png_benign_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP | |
16 | ||
17 | \fI\fB | |
18 | ||
19 | \fBvoid png_build_grayscale_palette (int \fP\fIbit_depth\fP\fB, png_colorp \fIpalette\fP\fB);\fP | |
20 | ||
21 | \fI\fB | |
22 | ||
23 | \fBpng_voidp png_calloc (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP | |
24 | ||
25 | \fI\fB | |
26 | ||
27 | \fBvoid png_chunk_benign_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP | |
28 | ||
29 | \fI\fB | |
30 | ||
31 | \fBvoid png_chunk_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP | |
32 | ||
33 | \fI\fB | |
34 | ||
35 | \fBvoid png_chunk_warning (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fImessage\fP\fB);\fP | |
36 | ||
37 | \fI\fB | |
38 | ||
39 | \fBvoid png_convert_from_struct_tm (png_timep \fP\fIptime\fP\fB, struct tm FAR * \fIttime\fP\fB);\fP | |
40 | ||
41 | \fI\fB | |
42 | ||
43 | \fBvoid png_convert_from_time_t (png_timep \fP\fIptime\fP\fB, time_t \fIttime\fP\fB);\fP | |
44 | ||
45 | \fI\fB | |
46 | ||
47 | \fBpng_charp png_convert_to_rfc1123 (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_timep \fIptime\fP\fB);\fP | |
48 | ||
49 | \fI\fB | |
50 | ||
51 | \fBpng_infop png_create_info_struct (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
52 | ||
53 | \fI\fB | |
54 | ||
55 | \fBpng_structp png_create_read_struct (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fIwarn_fn\fP\fB);\fP | |
56 | ||
57 | \fI\fB | |
58 | ||
59 | \fBpng_structp png_create_read_struct_2 (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIwarn_fn\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fImem_ptr\fP\fB, png_malloc_ptr \fP\fImalloc_fn\fP\fB, png_free_ptr \fIfree_fn\fP\fB);\fP | |
60 | ||
61 | \fI\fB | |
62 | ||
63 | \fBpng_structp png_create_write_struct (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fIwarn_fn\fP\fB);\fP | |
64 | ||
65 | \fI\fB | |
66 | ||
67 | \fBpng_structp png_create_write_struct_2 (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIwarn_fn\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fImem_ptr\fP\fB, png_malloc_ptr \fP\fImalloc_fn\fP\fB, png_free_ptr \fIfree_fn\fP\fB);\fP | |
68 | ||
69 | \fI\fB | |
70 | ||
71 | \fBvoid png_data_freer (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfreer\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fImask)\fP\fB);\fP | |
72 | ||
73 | \fI\fB | |
74 | ||
75 | \fBvoid png_destroy_info_struct (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fIinfo_ptr_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
76 | ||
77 | \fI\fB | |
78 | ||
79 | \fBvoid png_destroy_read_struct (png_structpp \fP\fIpng_ptr_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fP\fIinfo_ptr_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fIend_info_ptr_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
80 | ||
81 | \fI\fB | |
82 | ||
83 | \fBvoid png_destroy_write_struct (png_structpp \fP\fIpng_ptr_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fIinfo_ptr_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
84 | ||
85 | \fI\fB | |
86 | ||
87 | \fBvoid png_err (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
88 | ||
89 | \fI\fB | |
90 | ||
91 | \fBvoid png_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP | |
92 | ||
93 | \fI\fB | |
94 | ||
95 | \fBvoid png_free (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
96 | ||
97 | \fI\fB | |
98 | ||
99 | \fBvoid png_free_chunk_list (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
100 | ||
101 | \fI\fB | |
102 | ||
103 | \fBvoid png_free_default (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
104 | ||
105 | \fI\fB | |
106 | ||
107 | \fBvoid png_free_data (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum\fP\fB);\fP | |
108 | ||
109 | \fI\fB | |
110 | ||
111 | \fBpng_byte png_get_bit_depth (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
112 | ||
113 | \fI\fB | |
114 | ||
115 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_bKGD (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fI*background\fP\fB);\fP | |
116 | ||
117 | \fI\fB | |
118 | ||
119 | \fBpng_byte png_get_channels (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
120 | ||
121 | \fI\fB | |
122 | ||
123 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*white_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*white_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*blue_x\fP\fB, double \fI*blue_y\fP\fB);\fP | |
124 | ||
125 | \fI\fB | |
126 | ||
127 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*white_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*white_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*red_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*red_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*green_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*green_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*blue_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fI*blue_y\fP\fB);\fP | |
128 | ||
129 | \fI\fB | |
130 | ||
131 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM_XYZ (png_structp \fIpng_ptr, | |
132 | ||
133 | \fBpng_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_Y\fP\fB, double \fI*red_Z, | |
134 | ||
135 | \fBdouble \fP\fI*green_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_Z\fP\fB, double \fI*blue_X, | |
136 | ||
137 | \fBdouble \fP\fI*blue_Y\fP\fB, double \fI*blue_Z\fP\fB);\fP | |
138 | ||
139 | \fI\fB | |
140 | ||
141 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_red_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_red_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_red_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_green_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_green_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_green_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_blue_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_blue_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fI*int_blue_Z\fP\fB);\fP | |
142 | ||
143 | \fI\fB | |
144 | ||
145 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_chunk_cache_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
146 | ||
147 | \fI\fB | |
148 | ||
149 | \fBpng_alloc_size_t png_get_chunk_malloc_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
150 | ||
151 | \fI\fB | |
152 | ||
153 | \fBpng_byte png_get_color_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
154 | ||
155 | \fI\fB | |
156 | ||
157 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_compression_buffer_size (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
158 | ||
159 | \fI\fB | |
160 | ||
161 | \fBpng_byte png_get_compression_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
162 | ||
163 | \fI\fB | |
164 | ||
165 | \fBpng_byte png_get_copyright (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
166 | ||
167 | \fI\fB | |
168 | ||
169 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_current_row_number \fI(png_const_structp\fP\fB);\fP | |
170 | ||
171 | \fI\fB | |
172 | ||
173 | \fBpng_byte png_get_current_pass_number \fI(png_const_structp\fP\fB);\fP | |
174 | ||
175 | \fI\fB | |
176 | ||
177 | \fBpng_voidp png_get_error_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
178 | ||
179 | \fI\fB | |
180 | ||
181 | \fBpng_byte png_get_filter_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
182 | ||
183 | \fI\fB | |
184 | ||
185 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_gAMA (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fI*file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP | |
186 | ||
187 | \fI\fB | |
188 | ||
189 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_gAMA_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fI*int_file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP | |
190 | ||
191 | \fI\fB | |
192 | ||
193 | \fBpng_byte png_get_header_ver (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
194 | ||
195 | \fI\fB | |
196 | ||
197 | \fBpng_byte png_get_header_version (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
198 | ||
199 | \fI\fB | |
200 | ||
201 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_hIST (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_16p \fI*hist\fP\fB);\fP | |
202 | ||
203 | \fI\fB | |
204 | ||
205 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_iCCP (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_charpp \fP\fIname\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*compression_type\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIprofile\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fI*proflen\fP\fB);\fP | |
206 | ||
207 | \fI\fB | |
208 | ||
209 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_IHDR (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*width\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*height\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*bit_depth\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*color_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*interlace_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*compression_type\fP\fB, int \fI*filter_type\fP\fB);\fP | |
210 | ||
211 | \fI\fB | |
212 | ||
213 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_image_height (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
214 | ||
215 | \fI\fB | |
216 | ||
217 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_image_width (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
218 | ||
219 | \fI\fB | |
220 | ||
221 | \fBpng_int_32 png_get_int_32 (png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP | |
222 | ||
223 | \fI\fB | |
224 | ||
225 | \fBpng_byte png_get_interlace_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
226 | ||
227 | \fI\fB | |
228 | ||
229 | \fBpng_const_bytep png_get_io_chunk_name (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
230 | ||
231 | \fI\fB | |
232 | ||
233 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_io_chunk_type (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
234 | ||
235 | \fI\fB | |
236 | ||
237 | \fBpng_voidp png_get_io_ptr (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
238 | ||
239 | \fI\fB | |
240 | ||
241 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_io_state (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
242 | ||
243 | \fI\fB | |
244 | ||
245 | \fBpng_byte png_get_libpng_ver (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
246 | ||
247 | \fI\fB | |
248 | ||
249 | \fBpng_voidp png_get_mem_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
250 | ||
251 | \fI\fB | |
252 | ||
253 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_oFFs (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*offset_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*offset_y\fP\fB, int \fI*unit_type\fP\fB);\fP | |
254 | ||
255 | \fI\fB | |
256 | ||
257 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pCAL (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fI*purpose\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fI*X0\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fI*X1\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*type\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*nparams\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fI*units\fP\fB, png_charpp \fI*params\fP\fB);\fP | |
258 | ||
259 | \fI\fB | |
260 | ||
261 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pHYs (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_y\fP\fB, int \fI*unit_type\fP\fB);\fP | |
262 | ||
263 | \fI\fB | |
264 | ||
265 | \fBfloat png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
266 | ||
267 | \fI\fB | |
268 | ||
269 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pHYs_dpi (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_y\fP\fB, int \fI*unit_type\fP\fB);\fP | |
270 | ||
271 | \fI\fB | |
272 | ||
273 | \fBpng_fixed_point png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
274 | ||
275 | \fI\fB | |
276 | ||
277 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pixels_per_inch (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
278 | ||
279 | \fI\fB | |
280 | ||
281 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pixels_per_meter (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
282 | ||
283 | \fI\fB | |
284 | ||
285 | \fBpng_voidp png_get_progressive_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
286 | ||
287 | \fI\fB | |
288 | ||
289 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_PLTE (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fI*palette\fP\fB, int \fI*num_palette\fP\fB);\fP | |
290 | ||
291 | \fI\fB | |
292 | ||
293 | \fBpng_byte png_get_rgb_to_gray_status (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr) | |
294 | ||
295 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_rowbytes (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
296 | ||
297 | \fI\fB | |
298 | ||
299 | \fBpng_bytepp png_get_rows (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
300 | ||
301 | \fI\fB | |
302 | ||
303 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_sBIT (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_8p \fI*sig_bit\fP\fB);\fP | |
304 | ||
305 | \fI\fB | |
306 | ||
307 | \fBvoid png_get_sCAL (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, double* \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, double* \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP | |
308 | ||
309 | \fI\fB | |
310 | ||
311 | \fBvoid png_get_sCAL_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_fixed_pointp \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_fixed_pointp \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP | |
312 | ||
313 | \fI\fB | |
314 | ||
315 | \fBvoid png_get_sCAL_s (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_charpp \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_charpp \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP | |
316 | ||
317 | \fI\fB | |
318 | ||
319 | \fBpng_bytep png_get_signature (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
320 | ||
321 | \fI\fB | |
322 | ||
323 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_sPLT (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_spalette_p \fI*splt_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
324 | ||
325 | \fI\fB | |
326 | ||
327 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_sRGB (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fI*file_srgb_intent\fP\fB);\fP | |
328 | ||
329 | \fI\fB | |
330 | ||
331 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_text (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_textp \fP\fI*text_ptr\fP\fB, int \fI*num_text\fP\fB);\fP | |
332 | ||
333 | \fI\fB | |
334 | ||
335 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_tIME (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_timep \fI*mod_time\fP\fB);\fP | |
336 | ||
337 | \fI\fB | |
338 | ||
339 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_tRNS (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fI*trans_alpha\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*num_trans\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fI*trans_color\fP\fB);\fP | |
340 | ||
341 | \fI\fB | |
342 | ||
343 | \fB/* This function is really an inline macro. \fI*/ | |
344 | ||
345 | \fBpng_uint_16 png_get_uint_16 (png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP | |
346 | ||
347 | \fI\fB | |
348 | ||
349 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_uint_31 (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP | |
350 | ||
351 | \fI\fB | |
352 | ||
353 | \fB/* This function is really an inline macro. \fI*/ | |
354 | ||
355 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_uint_32 (png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP | |
356 | ||
357 | \fI\fB | |
358 | ||
359 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_unknown_chunks (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_unknown_chunkpp \fIunknowns\fP\fB);\fP | |
360 | ||
361 | \fI\fB | |
362 | ||
363 | \fBpng_voidp png_get_user_chunk_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
364 | ||
365 | \fI\fB | |
366 | ||
367 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_user_height_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
368 | ||
369 | \fI\fB | |
370 | ||
371 | \fBpng_voidp png_get_user_transform_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
372 | ||
373 | \fI\fB | |
374 | ||
375 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_user_width_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
376 | ||
377 | \fI\fB | |
378 | ||
379 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_valid (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIflag\fP\fB);\fP | |
380 | ||
381 | \fI\fB | |
382 | ||
383 | \fBfloat png_get_x_offset_inches (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
384 | ||
385 | \fI\fB | |
386 | ||
387 | \fBpng_fixed_point png_get_x_offset_inches_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
388 | ||
389 | \fI\fB | |
390 | ||
391 | \fBpng_int_32 png_get_x_offset_microns (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
392 | ||
393 | \fI\fB | |
394 | ||
395 | \fBpng_int_32 png_get_x_offset_pixels (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
396 | ||
397 | \fI\fB | |
398 | ||
399 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_x_pixels_per_inch (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
400 | ||
401 | \fI\fB | |
402 | ||
403 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_x_pixels_per_meter (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
404 | ||
405 | \fI\fB | |
406 | ||
407 | \fBfloat png_get_y_offset_inches (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
408 | ||
409 | \fI\fB | |
410 | ||
411 | \fBpng_fixed_point png_get_y_offset_inches_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
412 | ||
413 | \fI\fB | |
414 | ||
415 | \fBpng_int_32 png_get_y_offset_microns (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
416 | ||
417 | \fI\fB | |
418 | ||
419 | \fBpng_int_32 png_get_y_offset_pixels (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
420 | ||
421 | \fI\fB | |
422 | ||
423 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_y_pixels_per_inch (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
424 | ||
425 | \fI\fB | |
426 | ||
427 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_get_y_pixels_per_meter (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
428 | ||
429 | \fI\fB | |
430 | ||
431 | \fBint png_handle_as_unknown (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIchunk_name\fP\fB);\fP | |
432 | ||
433 | \fI\fB | |
434 | ||
435 | \fBvoid png_info_init_3 (png_infopp \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIpng_info_struct_size\fP\fB);\fP | |
436 | ||
437 | \fI\fB | |
438 | ||
439 | \fBvoid png_init_io (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, FILE \fI*fp\fP\fB);\fP | |
440 | ||
441 | \fI\fB | |
442 | ||
443 | \fBvoid png_longjmp (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIval\fP\fB);\fP | |
444 | ||
445 | \fI\fB | |
446 | ||
447 | \fBpng_voidp png_malloc (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP | |
448 | ||
449 | \fI\fB | |
450 | ||
451 | \fBpng_voidp png_malloc_default (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP | |
452 | ||
453 | \fI\fB | |
454 | ||
455 | \fBpng_voidp png_malloc_warn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP | |
456 | ||
457 | \fI\fB | |
458 | ||
459 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_permit_mng_features (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fImng_features_permitted\fP\fB);\fP | |
460 | ||
461 | \fI\fB | |
462 | ||
463 | \fBvoid png_process_data (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIbuffer\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIbuffer_size\fP\fB);\fP | |
464 | ||
465 | \fI\fB | |
466 | ||
467 | \fBpng_size_t png_process_data_pause \fP\fI(png_structp\fP\fB, int \fIsave\fP\fB);\fP | |
468 | ||
469 | \fI\fB | |
470 | ||
471 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_process_data_skip \fI(png_structp\fP\fB);\fP | |
472 | ||
473 | \fI\fB | |
474 | ||
475 | \fBvoid png_progressive_combine_row (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIold_row\fP\fB, png_bytep \fInew_row\fP\fB);\fP | |
476 | ||
477 | \fI\fB | |
478 | ||
479 | \fBvoid png_read_end (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
480 | ||
481 | \fI\fB | |
482 | ||
483 | \fBvoid png_read_image (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fIimage\fP\fB);\fP | |
484 | ||
485 | \fI\fB | |
486 | ||
487 | \fBvoid png_read_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
488 | ||
489 | \fI\fB | |
490 | ||
491 | \fBvoid png_read_png (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fItransforms\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIparams\fP\fB);\fP | |
492 | ||
493 | \fI\fB | |
494 | ||
495 | \fBvoid png_read_row (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIrow\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIdisplay_row\fP\fB);\fP | |
496 | ||
497 | \fI\fB | |
498 | ||
499 | \fBvoid png_read_rows (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIrow\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIdisplay_row\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fInum_rows\fP\fB);\fP | |
500 | ||
501 | \fI\fB | |
502 | ||
503 | \fBvoid png_read_update_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
504 | ||
505 | \fI\fB | |
506 | ||
507 | \fBint png_reset_zstream (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
508 | ||
509 | \fI\fB | |
510 | ||
511 | \fBvoid png_save_int_32 (png_bytep \fP\fIbuf\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fIi\fP\fB);\fP | |
512 | ||
513 | \fI\fB | |
514 | ||
515 | \fBvoid png_save_uint_16 (png_bytep \fP\fIbuf\fP\fB, unsigned int \fIi\fP\fB);\fP | |
516 | ||
517 | \fI\fB | |
518 | ||
519 | \fBvoid png_save_uint_32 (png_bytep \fP\fIbuf\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIi\fP\fB);\fP | |
520 | ||
521 | \fI\fB | |
522 | ||
523 | \fBvoid png_set_add_alpha (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIfiller\fP\fB, int \fIflags\fP\fB);\fP | |
524 | ||
525 | \fI\fB | |
526 | ||
527 | \fBvoid png_set_alpha_mode (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fImode\fP\fB, double \fIoutput_gamma\fP\fB);\fP | |
528 | ||
529 | \fI\fB | |
530 | ||
531 | \fBvoid png_set_alpha_mode_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fImode\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fIoutput_gamma\fP\fB);\fP | |
532 | ||
533 | \fI\fB | |
534 | ||
535 | \fBvoid png_set_background (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fP\fIbackground_color\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbackground_gamma_code\fP\fB, int \fP\fIneed_expand\fP\fB, double \fIbackground_gamma\fP\fB);\fP | |
536 | ||
537 | \fI\fB | |
538 | ||
539 | \fBvoid png_set_background_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fP\fIbackground_color\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbackground_gamma_code\fP\fB, int \fP\fIneed_expand\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIbackground_gamma\fP\fB);\fP | |
540 | ||
541 | \fI\fB | |
542 | ||
543 | \fBvoid png_set_benign_errors (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIallowed\fP\fB);\fP | |
544 | ||
545 | \fI\fB | |
546 | ||
547 | \fBvoid png_set_bgr (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
548 | ||
549 | \fI\fB | |
550 | ||
551 | \fBvoid png_set_bKGD (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fIbackground\fP\fB);\fP | |
552 | ||
553 | \fI\fB | |
554 | ||
555 | \fBvoid png_set_cHRM (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fIwhite_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fIwhite_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIblue_x\fP\fB, double \fIblue_y\fP\fB);\fP | |
556 | ||
557 | \fI\fB | |
558 | ||
559 | \fBvoid png_set_cHRM_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIwhite_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIwhite_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIred_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIred_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIgreen_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIgreen_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIblue_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIblue_y\fP\fB);\fP | |
560 | ||
561 | \fI\fB | |
562 | ||
563 | \fBvoid png_set_cHRM_XYZ (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_X\fP\fB, double \fIgreen_Y, | |
564 | ||
565 | \fBdouble \fP\fIgreen_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fIblue_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fIblue_Y\fP\fB, double \fIblue_Z\fP\fB);\fP | |
566 | ||
567 | \fI\fB | |
568 | ||
569 | \fBvoid png_set_cHRM_XYZ_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_red_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_red_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_red_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_green_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_green_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_green_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_blue_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_blue_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fIint_blue_Z\fP\fB);\fP | |
570 | ||
571 | \fI\fB | |
572 | ||
573 | \fBvoid png_set_chunk_cache_max (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIuser_chunk_cache_max\fP\fB);\fP | |
574 | ||
575 | \fI\fB | |
576 | ||
577 | \fBvoid png_set_compression_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIlevel\fP\fB);\fP | |
578 | ||
579 | \fI\fB | |
580 | ||
581 | \fBvoid png_set_compression_mem_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImem_level\fP\fB);\fP | |
582 | ||
583 | \fI\fB | |
584 | ||
585 | \fBvoid png_set_compression_method (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImethod\fP\fB);\fP | |
586 | ||
587 | \fI\fB | |
588 | ||
589 | \fBvoid png_set_compression_strategy (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIstrategy\fP\fB);\fP | |
590 | ||
591 | \fI\fB | |
592 | ||
593 | \fBvoid png_set_compression_window_bits (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIwindow_bits\fP\fB);\fP | |
594 | ||
595 | \fI\fB | |
596 | ||
597 | \fBvoid png_set_crc_action (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcrit_action\fP\fB, int \fIancil_action\fP\fB);\fP | |
598 | ||
599 | \fI\fB | |
600 | ||
601 | \fBvoid png_set_error_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fIwarning_fn\fP\fB);\fP | |
602 | ||
603 | \fI\fB | |
604 | ||
605 | \fBvoid png_set_expand (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
606 | ||
607 | \fI\fB | |
608 | ||
609 | \fBvoid png_set_expand_16 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
610 | ||
611 | \fI\fB | |
612 | ||
613 | \fBvoid png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
614 | ||
615 | \fI\fB | |
616 | ||
617 | \fBvoid png_set_filler (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIfiller\fP\fB, int \fIflags\fP\fB);\fP | |
618 | ||
619 | \fI\fB | |
620 | ||
621 | \fBvoid png_set_filter (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fImethod\fP\fB, int \fIfilters\fP\fB);\fP | |
622 | ||
623 | \fI\fB | |
624 | ||
625 | \fBvoid png_set_filter_heuristics (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIheuristic_method\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_weights\fP\fB, png_doublep \fP\fIfilter_weights\fP\fB, png_doublep \fIfilter_costs\fP\fB);\fP | |
626 | ||
627 | \fI\fB | |
628 | ||
629 | \fBvoid png_set_filter_heuristics_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIheuristic_method\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_weights\fP\fB, png_fixed_point_p \fP\fIfilter_weights\fP\fB, png_fixed_point_p \fIfilter_costs\fP\fB);\fP | |
630 | ||
631 | \fI\fB | |
632 | ||
633 | \fBvoid png_set_flush (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInrows\fP\fB);\fP | |
634 | ||
635 | \fI\fB | |
636 | ||
637 | \fBvoid png_set_gamma (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fIscreen_gamma\fP\fB, double \fIdefault_file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP | |
638 | ||
639 | \fI\fB | |
640 | ||
641 | \fBvoid png_set_gamma_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIscreen_gamma\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIdefault_file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP | |
642 | ||
643 | \fI\fB | |
644 | ||
645 | \fBvoid png_set_gAMA (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fIfile_gamma\fP\fB);\fP | |
646 | ||
647 | \fI\fB | |
648 | ||
649 | \fBvoid png_set_gAMA_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIfile_gamma\fP\fB);\fP | |
650 | ||
651 | \fI\fB | |
652 | ||
653 | \fBvoid png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
654 | ||
655 | \fI\fB | |
656 | ||
657 | \fBvoid png_set_gray_to_rgb (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
658 | ||
659 | \fI\fB | |
660 | ||
661 | \fBvoid png_set_hIST (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_16p \fIhist\fP\fB);\fP | |
662 | ||
663 | \fI\fB | |
664 | ||
665 | \fBvoid png_set_iCCP (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fP\fIname\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcompression_type\fP\fB, png_const_bytep \fP\fIprofile\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIproflen\fP\fB);\fP | |
666 | ||
667 | \fI\fB | |
668 | ||
669 | \fBint png_set_interlace_handling (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
670 | ||
671 | \fI\fB | |
672 | ||
673 | \fBvoid png_set_invalid (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImask\fP\fB);\fP | |
674 | ||
675 | \fI\fB | |
676 | ||
677 | \fBvoid png_set_invert_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
678 | ||
679 | \fI\fB | |
680 | ||
681 | \fBvoid png_set_invert_mono (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
682 | ||
683 | \fI\fB | |
684 | ||
685 | \fBvoid png_set_IHDR (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIheight\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbit_depth\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolor_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fIinterlace_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcompression_type\fP\fB, int \fIfilter_type\fP\fB);\fP | |
686 | ||
687 | \fI\fB | |
688 | ||
689 | \fBvoid png_set_keep_unknown_chunks (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIkeep\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIchunk_list\fP\fB, int \fInum_chunks\fP\fB);\fP | |
690 | ||
691 | \fI\fB | |
692 | ||
693 | \fBjmp_buf* png_set_longjmp_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_longjmp_ptr \fP\fIlongjmp_fn\fP\fB, size_t \fIjmp_buf_size\fP\fB);\fP | |
694 | ||
695 | \fI\fB | |
696 | ||
697 | \fBvoid png_set_chunk_malloc_max (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIuser_chunk_cache_max\fP\fB);\fP | |
698 | ||
699 | \fI\fB | |
700 | ||
701 | \fBvoid png_set_compression_buffer_size (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP | |
702 | ||
703 | \fI\fB | |
704 | ||
705 | \fBvoid png_set_mem_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fImem_ptr\fP\fB, png_malloc_ptr \fP\fImalloc_fn\fP\fB, png_free_ptr \fIfree_fn\fP\fB);\fP | |
706 | ||
707 | \fI\fB | |
708 | ||
709 | \fBvoid png_set_oFFs (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIoffset_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIoffset_y\fP\fB, int \fIunit_type\fP\fB);\fP | |
710 | ||
711 | \fI\fB | |
712 | ||
713 | \fBvoid png_set_packing (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
714 | ||
715 | \fI\fB | |
716 | ||
717 | \fBvoid png_set_packswap (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
718 | ||
719 | \fI\fB | |
720 | ||
721 | \fBvoid png_set_palette_to_rgb (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
722 | ||
723 | \fI\fB | |
724 | ||
725 | \fBvoid png_set_pCAL (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fIpurpose\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIX0\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIX1\fP\fB, int \fP\fItype\fP\fB, int \fP\fInparams\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fIunits\fP\fB, png_charpp \fIparams\fP\fB);\fP | |
726 | ||
727 | \fI\fB | |
728 | ||
729 | \fBvoid png_set_pHYs (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIres_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIres_y\fP\fB, int \fIunit_type\fP\fB);\fP | |
730 | ||
731 | \fI\fB | |
732 | ||
733 | \fBvoid png_set_progressive_read_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIprogressive_ptr\fP\fB, png_progressive_info_ptr \fP\fIinfo_fn\fP\fB, png_progressive_row_ptr \fP\fIrow_fn\fP\fB, png_progressive_end_ptr \fIend_fn\fP\fB);\fP | |
734 | ||
735 | \fI\fB | |
736 | ||
737 | \fBvoid png_set_PLTE (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fIpalette\fP\fB, int \fInum_palette\fP\fB);\fP | |
738 | ||
739 | \fI\fB | |
740 | ||
741 | \fBvoid png_set_quantize (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fIpalette\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_palette\fP\fB, int \fP\fImaximum_colors\fP\fB, png_uint_16p \fP\fIhistogram\fP\fB, int \fIfull_quantize\fP\fB);\fP | |
742 | ||
743 | \fI\fB | |
744 | ||
745 | \fBvoid png_set_read_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIio_ptr\fP\fB, png_rw_ptr \fIread_data_fn\fP\fB);\fP | |
746 | ||
747 | \fI\fB | |
748 | ||
749 | \fBvoid png_set_read_status_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_read_status_ptr \fIread_row_fn\fP\fB);\fP | |
750 | ||
751 | \fI\fB | |
752 | ||
753 | \fBvoid png_set_read_user_chunk_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIuser_chunk_ptr\fP\fB, png_user_chunk_ptr \fIread_user_chunk_fn\fP\fB);\fP | |
754 | ||
755 | \fI\fB | |
756 | ||
757 | \fBvoid png_set_read_user_transform_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_user_transform_ptr \fIread_user_transform_fn\fP\fB);\fP | |
758 | ||
759 | \fI\fB | |
760 | ||
761 | \fBvoid png_set_rgb_to_gray (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIerror_action\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred\fP\fB, double \fIgreen\fP\fB);\fP | |
762 | ||
763 | \fI\fB | |
764 | ||
765 | \fBvoid png_set_rgb_to_gray_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int error_action png_uint_32 \fP\fIred\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIgreen\fP\fB);\fP | |
766 | ||
767 | \fI\fB | |
768 | ||
769 | \fBvoid png_set_rows (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fIrow_pointers\fP\fB);\fP | |
770 | ||
771 | \fI\fB | |
772 | ||
773 | \fBvoid png_set_sBIT (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_8p \fIsig_bit\fP\fB);\fP | |
774 | ||
775 | \fI\fB | |
776 | ||
777 | \fBvoid png_set_sCAL (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, double \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, double \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP | |
778 | ||
779 | \fI\fB | |
780 | ||
781 | \fBvoid png_set_sCAL_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP | |
782 | ||
783 | \fI\fB | |
784 | ||
785 | \fBvoid png_set_sCAL_s (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_charp \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP | |
786 | ||
787 | \fI\fB | |
788 | ||
789 | \fBvoid png_set_scale_16 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
790 | ||
791 | \fI\fB | |
792 | ||
793 | \fBvoid png_set_shift (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_8p \fItrue_bits\fP\fB);\fP | |
794 | ||
795 | \fI\fB | |
796 | ||
797 | \fBvoid png_set_sig_bytes (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum_bytes\fP\fB);\fP | |
798 | ||
799 | \fI\fB | |
800 | ||
801 | \fBvoid png_set_sPLT (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_spalette_p \fP\fIsplt_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum_spalettes\fP\fB);\fP | |
802 | ||
803 | \fI\fB | |
804 | ||
805 | \fBvoid png_set_sRGB (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIsrgb_intent\fP\fB);\fP | |
806 | ||
807 | \fI\fB | |
808 | ||
809 | \fBvoid png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIsrgb_intent\fP\fB);\fP | |
810 | ||
811 | \fI\fB | |
812 | ||
813 | \fBvoid png_set_strip_16 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
814 | ||
815 | \fI\fB | |
816 | ||
817 | \fBvoid png_set_strip_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
818 | ||
819 | \fI\fB | |
820 | ||
821 | \fBvoid png_set_strip_error_numbers (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIstrip_mode\fP\fB);\fP | |
822 | ||
823 | \fI\fB | |
824 | ||
825 | \fBvoid png_set_swap (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
826 | ||
827 | \fI\fB | |
828 | ||
829 | \fBvoid png_set_swap_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
830 | ||
831 | \fI\fB | |
832 | ||
833 | \fBvoid png_set_text (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_textp \fP\fItext_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum_text\fP\fB);\fP | |
834 | ||
835 | \fI\fB | |
836 | ||
837 | \fBvoid png_set_text_compression_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIlevel\fP\fB);\fP | |
838 | ||
839 | \fI\fB | |
840 | ||
841 | \fBvoid png_set_text_compression_mem_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImem_level\fP\fB);\fP | |
842 | ||
843 | \fI\fB | |
844 | ||
845 | \fBvoid png_set_text_compression_strategy (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIstrategy\fP\fB);\fP | |
846 | ||
847 | \fI\fB | |
848 | ||
849 | \fBvoid png_set_text_compression_window_bits (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIwindow_bits\fP\fB);\fP | |
850 | ||
851 | \fI\fB | |
852 | ||
853 | \fBvoid \fP\fIpng_set_text_compression_method\fP\fB, (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImethod)\fP\fB);\fP | |
854 | ||
855 | \fI\fB | |
856 | ||
857 | \fBvoid png_set_tIME (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_timep \fImod_time\fP\fB);\fP | |
858 | ||
859 | \fI\fB | |
860 | ||
861 | \fBvoid png_set_tRNS (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fItrans_alpha\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_trans\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fItrans_color\fP\fB);\fP | |
862 | ||
863 | \fI\fB | |
864 | ||
865 | \fBvoid png_set_tRNS_to_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
866 | ||
867 | \fI\fB | |
868 | ||
869 | \fBpng_uint_32 png_set_unknown_chunks (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_unknown_chunkp \fP\fIunknowns\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum\fP\fB, int \fIlocation\fP\fB);\fP | |
870 | ||
871 | \fI\fB | |
872 | ||
873 | \fBvoid png_set_unknown_chunk_location (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIchunk\fP\fB, int \fIlocation\fP\fB);\fP | |
874 | ||
875 | \fI\fB | |
876 | ||
877 | \fBvoid png_set_user_limits (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIuser_width_max\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIuser_height_max\fP\fB);\fP | |
878 | ||
879 | \fI\fB | |
880 | ||
881 | \fBvoid png_set_user_transform_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIuser_transform_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIuser_transform_depth\fP\fB, int \fIuser_transform_channels\fP\fB);\fP | |
882 | ||
883 | \fI\fB | |
884 | ||
885 | \fBvoid png_set_write_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIio_ptr\fP\fB, png_rw_ptr \fP\fIwrite_data_fn\fP\fB, png_flush_ptr \fIoutput_flush_fn\fP\fB);\fP | |
886 | ||
887 | \fI\fB | |
888 | ||
889 | \fBvoid png_set_write_status_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_write_status_ptr \fIwrite_row_fn\fP\fB);\fP | |
890 | ||
891 | \fI\fB | |
892 | ||
893 | \fBvoid png_set_write_user_transform_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_user_transform_ptr \fIwrite_user_transform_fn\fP\fB);\fP | |
894 | ||
895 | \fI\fB | |
896 | ||
897 | \fBint png_sig_cmp (png_bytep \fP\fIsig\fP\fB, png_size_t \fP\fIstart\fP\fB, png_size_t \fInum_to_check\fP\fB);\fP | |
898 | ||
899 | \fI\fB | |
900 | ||
901 | \fBvoid png_start_read_image (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
902 | ||
903 | \fI\fB | |
904 | ||
905 | \fBvoid png_warning (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fImessage\fP\fB);\fP | |
906 | ||
907 | \fI\fB | |
908 | ||
909 | \fBvoid png_write_chunk (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIchunk_name\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIdata\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIlength\fP\fB);\fP | |
910 | ||
911 | \fI\fB | |
912 | ||
913 | \fBvoid png_write_chunk_data (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIdata\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIlength\fP\fB);\fP | |
914 | ||
915 | \fI\fB | |
916 | ||
917 | \fBvoid png_write_chunk_end (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
918 | ||
919 | \fI\fB | |
920 | ||
921 | \fBvoid png_write_chunk_start (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIchunk_name\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIlength\fP\fB);\fP | |
922 | ||
923 | \fI\fB | |
924 | ||
925 | \fBvoid png_write_end (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
926 | ||
927 | \fI\fB | |
928 | ||
929 | \fBvoid png_write_flush (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
930 | ||
931 | \fI\fB | |
932 | ||
933 | \fBvoid png_write_image (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fIimage\fP\fB);\fP | |
934 | ||
935 | \fI\fB | |
936 | ||
937 | \fBvoid png_write_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
938 | ||
939 | \fI\fB | |
940 | ||
941 | \fBvoid png_write_info_before_PLTE (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
942 | ||
943 | \fI\fB | |
944 | ||
945 | \fBvoid png_write_png (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fItransforms\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIparams\fP\fB);\fP | |
946 | ||
947 | \fI\fB | |
948 | ||
949 | \fBvoid png_write_row (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIrow\fP\fB);\fP | |
950 | ||
951 | \fI\fB | |
952 | ||
953 | \fBvoid png_write_rows (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIrow\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fInum_rows\fP\fB);\fP | |
954 | ||
955 | \fI\fB | |
956 | ||
957 | \fBvoid png_write_sig (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
958 | ||
959 | \fI\fB | |
960 | ||
961 | \fBvoidpf png_zalloc (voidpf \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, uInt \fP\fIitems\fP\fB, uInt \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP | |
962 | ||
963 | \fI\fB | |
964 | ||
965 | \fBvoid png_zfree (voidpf \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, voidpf \fIptr\fP\fB);\fP | |
966 | ||
967 | \fI\fB | |
968 | ||
969 | .SH DESCRIPTION | |
970 | The | |
971 | .I libpng | |
972 | library supports encoding, decoding, and various manipulations of | |
973 | the Portable Network Graphics (PNG) format image files. It uses the | |
974 | .IR zlib(3) | |
975 | compression library. | |
976 | Following is a copy of the libpng-manual.txt file that accompanies libpng. | |
977 | .SH LIBPNG.TXT | |
978 | libpng-manual.txt - A description on how to use and modify libpng | |
979 | ||
980 | libpng version 1.5.7 - December 15, 2011 | |
981 | Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson | |
982 | <glennrp at users.sourceforge.net> | |
983 | Copyright (c) 1998-2011 Glenn Randers-Pehrson | |
984 | ||
985 | This document is released under the libpng license. | |
986 | For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer | |
987 | and license in png.h | |
988 | ||
989 | Based on: | |
990 | ||
991 | libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.5.7 - December 15, 2011 | |
992 | Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson | |
993 | Copyright (c) 1998-2011 Glenn Randers-Pehrson | |
994 | ||
995 | libpng 1.0 beta 6 version 0.96 May 28, 1997 | |
996 | Updated and distributed by Andreas Dilger | |
997 | Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger | |
998 | ||
999 | libpng 1.0 beta 2 - version 0.88 January 26, 1996 | |
1000 | For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright | |
1001 | notice in png.h. Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric | |
1002 | Schalnat, Group 42, Inc. | |
1003 | ||
1004 | Updated/rewritten per request in the libpng FAQ | |
1005 | Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Frank J. T. Wojcik | |
1006 | December 18, 1995 & January 20, 1996 | |
1007 | ||
1008 | .SH I. Introduction | |
1009 | ||
1010 | This file describes how to use and modify the PNG reference library | |
1011 | (known as libpng) for your own use. There are five sections to this | |
1012 | file: introduction, structures, reading, writing, and modification and | |
1013 | configuration notes for various special platforms. In addition to this | |
1014 | file, example.c is a good starting point for using the library, as | |
1015 | it is heavily commented and should include everything most people | |
1016 | will need. We assume that libpng is already installed; see the | |
1017 | INSTALL file for instructions on how to install libpng. | |
1018 | ||
1019 | For examples of libpng usage, see the files "example.c", "pngtest.c", | |
1020 | and the files in the "contrib" directory, all of which are included in | |
1021 | the libpng distribution. | |
1022 | ||
1023 | Libpng was written as a companion to the PNG specification, as a way | |
1024 | of reducing the amount of time and effort it takes to support the PNG | |
1025 | file format in application programs. | |
1026 | ||
1027 | The PNG specification (second edition), November 2003, is available as | |
1028 | a W3C Recommendation and as an ISO Standard (ISO/IEC 15948:2003 (E)) at | |
1029 | <http://www.w3.org/TR/2003/REC-PNG-20031110/ | |
1030 | The W3C and ISO documents have identical technical content. | |
1031 | ||
1032 | The PNG-1.2 specification is available at | |
1033 | <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/>. It is technically equivalent | |
1034 | to the PNG specification (second edition) but has some additional material. | |
1035 | ||
1036 | The PNG-1.0 specification is available | |
1037 | as RFC 2083 <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/> and as a | |
1038 | W3C Recommendation <http://www.w3.org/TR/REC.png.html>. | |
1039 | ||
1040 | Some additional chunks are described in the special-purpose public chunks | |
1041 | documents at <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/>. | |
1042 | ||
1043 | Other information | |
1044 | about PNG, and the latest version of libpng, can be found at the PNG home | |
1045 | page, <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/>. | |
1046 | ||
1047 | Most users will not have to modify the library significantly; advanced | |
1048 | users may want to modify it more. All attempts were made to make it as | |
1049 | complete as possible, while keeping the code easy to understand. | |
1050 | Currently, this library only supports C. Support for other languages | |
1051 | is being considered. | |
1052 | ||
1053 | Libpng has been designed to handle multiple sessions at one time, | |
1054 | to be easily modifiable, to be portable to the vast majority of | |
1055 | machines (ANSI, K&R, 16-, 32-, and 64-bit) available, and to be easy | |
1056 | to use. The ultimate goal of libpng is to promote the acceptance of | |
1057 | the PNG file format in whatever way possible. While there is still | |
1058 | work to be done (see the TODO file), libpng should cover the | |
1059 | majority of the needs of its users. | |
1060 | ||
1061 | Libpng uses zlib for its compression and decompression of PNG files. | |
1062 | Further information about zlib, and the latest version of zlib, can | |
1063 | be found at the zlib home page, <http://www.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/zlib/>. | |
1064 | The zlib compression utility is a general purpose utility that is | |
1065 | useful for more than PNG files, and can be used without libpng. | |
1066 | See the documentation delivered with zlib for more details. | |
1067 | You can usually find the source files for the zlib utility wherever you | |
1068 | find the libpng source files. | |
1069 | ||
1070 | Libpng is thread safe, provided the threads are using different | |
1071 | instances of the structures. Each thread should have its own | |
1072 | png_struct and png_info instances, and thus its own image. | |
1073 | Libpng does not protect itself against two threads using the | |
1074 | same instance of a structure. | |
1075 | ||
1076 | .SH II. Structures | |
1077 | ||
1078 | There are two main structures that are important to libpng, png_struct | |
1079 | and png_info. Both are internal structures that are no longer exposed | |
1080 | in the libpng interface (as of libpng 1.5.0). | |
1081 | ||
1082 | The png_info structure is designed to provide information about the | |
1083 | PNG file. At one time, the fields of png_info were intended to be | |
1084 | directly accessible to the user. However, this tended to cause problems | |
1085 | with applications using dynamically loaded libraries, and as a result | |
1086 | a set of interface functions for png_info (the png_get_*() and png_set_*() | |
1087 | functions) was developed, and direct access to the png_info fields was | |
1088 | deprecated.. | |
1089 | ||
1090 | The png_struct structure is the object used by the library to decode a | |
1091 | single image. As of 1.5.0 this structure is also not exposed. | |
1092 | ||
1093 | Almost all libpng APIs require a pointer to a png_struct as the first argument. | |
1094 | Many (in particular the png_set and png_get APIs) also require a pointer | |
1095 | to png_info as the second argument. Some application visible macros | |
1096 | defined in png.h designed for basic data access (reading and writing | |
1097 | integers in the PNG format) don't take a png_info pointer, but it's almost | |
1098 | always safe to assume that a (png_struct*) has to be passed to call an API | |
1099 | function. | |
1100 | ||
1101 | You can have more than one png_info structure associated with an image, | |
1102 | as illustrated in pngtest.c, one for information valid prior to the | |
1103 | IDAT chunks and another (called "end_info" below) for things after them. | |
1104 | ||
1105 | The png.h header file is an invaluable reference for programming with libpng. | |
1106 | And while I'm on the topic, make sure you include the libpng header file: | |
1107 | ||
1108 | #include <png.h> | |
1109 | ||
1110 | and also (as of libpng-1.5.0) the zlib header file, if you need it: | |
1111 | ||
1112 | #include <zlib.h> | |
1113 | ||
1114 | .SS Types | |
1115 | ||
1116 | The png.h header file defines a number of integral types used by the | |
1117 | APIs. Most of these are fairly obvious; for example types corresponding | |
1118 | to integers of particular sizes and types for passing color values. | |
1119 | ||
1120 | One exception is how non-integral numbers are handled. For application | |
1121 | convenience most APIs that take such numbers have C (double) arguments, | |
1122 | however internally PNG, and libpng, use 32 bit signed integers and encode | |
1123 | the value by multiplying by 100,000. As of libpng 1.5.0 a convenience | |
1124 | macro PNG_FP_1 is defined in png.h along with a type (png_fixed_point) | |
1125 | which is simply (png_int_32). | |
1126 | ||
1127 | All APIs that take (double) arguments also have a matching API that | |
1128 | takes the corresponding fixed point integer arguments. The fixed point | |
1129 | API has the same name as the floating point one with "_fixed" appended. | |
1130 | The actual range of values permitted in the APIs is frequently less than | |
1131 | the full range of (png_fixed_point) (-21474 to +21474). When APIs require | |
1132 | a non-negative argument the type is recorded as png_uint_32 above. Consult | |
1133 | the header file and the text below for more information. | |
1134 | ||
1135 | Special care must be take with sCAL chunk handling because the chunk itself | |
1136 | uses non-integral values encoded as strings containing decimal floating point | |
1137 | numbers. See the comments in the header file. | |
1138 | ||
1139 | .SS Configuration | |
1140 | ||
1141 | The main header file function declarations are frequently protected by C | |
1142 | preprocessing directives of the form: | |
1143 | ||
1144 | #ifdef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED | |
1145 | declare-function | |
1146 | #endif | |
1147 | ... | |
1148 | #ifdef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED | |
1149 | use-function | |
1150 | #endif | |
1151 | ||
1152 | The library can be built without support for these APIs, although a | |
1153 | standard build will have all implemented APIs. Application programs | |
1154 | should check the feature macros before using an API for maximum | |
1155 | portability. From libpng 1.5.0 the feature macros set during the build | |
1156 | of libpng are recorded in the header file "pnglibconf.h" and this file | |
1157 | is always included by png.h. | |
1158 | ||
1159 | If you don't need to change the library configuration from the default, skip to | |
1160 | the next section ("Reading"). | |
1161 | ||
1162 | Notice that some of the makefiles in the 'scripts' directory and (in 1.5.0) all | |
1163 | of the build project files in the 'projects' directory simply copy | |
1164 | scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to pnglibconf.h. This means that these build | |
1165 | systems do not permit easy auto-configuration of the library - they only | |
1166 | support the default configuration. | |
1167 | ||
1168 | The easiest way to make minor changes to the libpng configuration when | |
1169 | auto-configuration is supported is to add definitions to the command line | |
1170 | using (typically) CPPFLAGS. For example: | |
1171 | ||
1172 | CPPFLAGS=-DPNG_NO_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC | |
1173 | ||
1174 | will change the internal libpng math implementation for gamma correction and | |
1175 | other arithmetic calculations to fixed point, avoiding the need for fast | |
1176 | floating point support. The result can be seen in the generated pnglibconf.h - | |
1177 | make sure it contains the changed feature macro setting. | |
1178 | ||
1179 | If you need to make more extensive configuration changes - more than one or two | |
1180 | feature macro settings - you can either add -DPNG_USER_CONFIG to the build | |
1181 | command line and put a list of feature macro settings in pngusr.h or you can set | |
1182 | DFA_XTRA (a makefile variable) to a file containing the same information in the | |
1183 | form of 'option' settings. | |
1184 | ||
1185 | A. Changing pnglibconf.h | |
1186 | ||
1187 | A variety of methods exist to build libpng. Not all of these support | |
1188 | reconfiguration of pnglibconf.h. To reconfigure pnglibconf.h it must either be | |
1189 | rebuilt from scripts/pnglibconf.dfa using awk or it must be edited by hand. | |
1190 | ||
1191 | Hand editing is achieved by copying scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to | |
1192 | pnglibconf.h and changing the lines defining the supported features, paying | |
1193 | very close attention to the 'option' information in scripts/pnglibconf.dfa | |
1194 | that describes those features and their requirements. This is easy to get | |
1195 | wrong. | |
1196 | ||
1197 | B. Configuration using DFA_XTRA | |
1198 | ||
1199 | Rebuilding from pnglibconf.dfa is easy if a functioning 'awk', or a later | |
1200 | variant such as 'nawk' or 'gawk', is available. The configure build will | |
1201 | automatically find an appropriate awk and build pnglibconf.h. | |
1202 | The scripts/pnglibconf.mak file contains a set of make rules for doing the | |
1203 | same thing if configure is not used, and many of the makefiles in the scripts | |
1204 | directory use this approach. | |
1205 | ||
1206 | When rebuilding simply write a new file containing changed options and set | |
1207 | DFA_XTRA to the name of this file. This causes the build to append the new file | |
1208 | to the end of scripts/pnglibconf.dfa. The pngusr.dfa file should contain lines | |
1209 | of the following forms: | |
1210 | ||
1211 | everything = off | |
1212 | ||
1213 | This turns all optional features off. Include it at the start of pngusr.dfa to | |
1214 | make it easier to build a minimal configuration. You will need to turn at least | |
1215 | some features on afterward to enable either reading or writing code, or both. | |
1216 | ||
1217 | option feature on | |
1218 | option feature off | |
1219 | ||
1220 | Enable or disable a single feature. This will automatically enable other | |
1221 | features required by a feature that is turned on or disable other features that | |
1222 | require a feature which is turned off. Conflicting settings will cause an error | |
1223 | message to be emitted by awk. | |
1224 | ||
1225 | setting feature default value | |
1226 | ||
1227 | Changes the default value of setting 'feature' to 'value'. There are a small | |
1228 | number of settings listed at the top of pnglibconf.h, they are documented in the | |
1229 | source code. Most of these values have performance implications for the library | |
1230 | but most of them have no visible effect on the API. Some can also be overridden | |
1231 | from the API. | |
1232 | ||
1233 | This method of building a customized pnglibconf.h is illustrated in | |
1234 | contrib/pngminim/*. See the "$(PNGCONF):" target in the makefile and | |
1235 | pngusr.dfa in these directories. | |
1236 | ||
1237 | C. Configuration using PNG_USR_CONFIG | |
1238 | ||
1239 | If -DPNG_USR_CONFIG is added to the CFLAGS when pnglibconf.h is built the file | |
1240 | pngusr.h will automatically be included before the options in | |
1241 | scripts/pnglibconf.dfa are processed. Your pngusr.h file should contain only | |
1242 | macro definitions turning features on or off or setting settings. | |
1243 | ||
1244 | Apart from the global setting "everything = off" all the options listed above | |
1245 | can be set using macros in pngusr.h: | |
1246 | ||
1247 | #define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED | |
1248 | ||
1249 | is equivalent to: | |
1250 | ||
1251 | option feature on | |
1252 | ||
1253 | #define PNG_NO_feature | |
1254 | ||
1255 | is equivalent to: | |
1256 | ||
1257 | option feature off | |
1258 | ||
1259 | #define PNG_feature value | |
1260 | ||
1261 | is equivalent to: | |
1262 | ||
1263 | setting feature default value | |
1264 | ||
1265 | Notice that in both cases, pngusr.dfa and pngusr.h, the contents of the | |
1266 | pngusr file you supply override the contents of scripts/pnglibconf.dfa | |
1267 | ||
1268 | If confusing or incomprehensible behavior results it is possible to | |
1269 | examine the intermediate file pnglibconf.dfn to find the full set of | |
1270 | dependency information for each setting and option. Simply locate the | |
1271 | feature in the file and read the C comments that precede it. | |
1272 | ||
1273 | This method is also illustrated in the contrib/pngminim/* makefiles and | |
1274 | pngusr.h. | |
1275 | ||
1276 | .SH III. Reading | |
1277 | ||
1278 | We'll now walk you through the possible functions to call when reading | |
1279 | in a PNG file sequentially, briefly explaining the syntax and purpose | |
1280 | of each one. See example.c and png.h for more detail. While | |
1281 | progressive reading is covered in the next section, you will still | |
1282 | need some of the functions discussed in this section to read a PNG | |
1283 | file. | |
1284 | ||
1285 | .SS Setup | |
1286 | ||
1287 | You will want to do the I/O initialization(*) before you get into libpng, | |
1288 | so if it doesn't work, you don't have much to undo. Of course, you | |
1289 | will also want to insure that you are, in fact, dealing with a PNG | |
1290 | file. Libpng provides a simple check to see if a file is a PNG file. | |
1291 | To use it, pass in the first 1 to 8 bytes of the file to the function | |
1292 | png_sig_cmp(), and it will return 0 (false) if the bytes match the | |
1293 | corresponding bytes of the PNG signature, or nonzero (true) otherwise. | |
1294 | Of course, the more bytes you pass in, the greater the accuracy of the | |
1295 | prediction. | |
1296 | ||
1297 | If you are intending to keep the file pointer open for use in libpng, | |
1298 | you must ensure you don't read more than 8 bytes from the beginning | |
1299 | of the file, and you also have to make a call to png_set_sig_bytes_read() | |
1300 | with the number of bytes you read from the beginning. Libpng will | |
1301 | then only check the bytes (if any) that your program didn't read. | |
1302 | ||
1303 | (*): If you are not using the standard I/O functions, you will need | |
1304 | to replace them with custom functions. See the discussion under | |
1305 | Customizing libpng. | |
1306 | ||
1307 | ||
1308 | FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "rb"); | |
1309 | if (!fp) | |
1310 | { | |
1311 | return (ERROR); | |
1312 | } | |
1313 | ||
1314 | fread(header, 1, number, fp); | |
1315 | is_png = !png_sig_cmp(header, 0, number); | |
1316 | ||
1317 | if (!is_png) | |
1318 | { | |
1319 | return (NOT_PNG); | |
1320 | } | |
1321 | ||
1322 | ||
1323 | Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized. In | |
1324 | order to ensure that the size of these structures is correct even with a | |
1325 | dynamically linked libpng, there are functions to initialize and | |
1326 | allocate the structures. We also pass the library version, optional | |
1327 | pointers to error handling functions, and a pointer to a data struct for | |
1328 | use by the error functions, if necessary (the pointer and functions can | |
1329 | be NULL if the default error handlers are to be used). See the section | |
1330 | on Changes to Libpng below regarding the old initialization functions. | |
1331 | The structure allocation functions quietly return NULL if they fail to | |
1332 | create the structure, so your application should check for that. | |
1333 | ||
1334 | png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct | |
1335 | (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, | |
1336 | user_error_fn, user_warning_fn); | |
1337 | ||
1338 | if (!png_ptr) | |
1339 | return (ERROR); | |
1340 | ||
1341 | png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); | |
1342 | ||
1343 | if (!info_ptr) | |
1344 | { | |
1345 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, | |
1346 | (png_infopp)NULL, (png_infopp)NULL); | |
1347 | return (ERROR); | |
1348 | } | |
1349 | ||
1350 | If you want to use your own memory allocation routines, | |
1351 | use a libpng that was built with PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED defined, and use | |
1352 | png_create_read_struct_2() instead of png_create_read_struct(): | |
1353 | ||
1354 | png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct_2 | |
1355 | (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, | |
1356 | user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp) | |
1357 | user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn); | |
1358 | ||
1359 | The error handling routines passed to png_create_read_struct() | |
1360 | and the memory alloc/free routines passed to png_create_struct_2() | |
1361 | are only necessary if you are not using the libpng supplied error | |
1362 | handling and memory alloc/free functions. | |
1363 | ||
1364 | When libpng encounters an error, it expects to longjmp back | |
1365 | to your routine. Therefore, you will need to call setjmp and pass | |
1366 | your png_jmpbuf(png_ptr). If you read the file from different | |
1367 | routines, you will need to update the longjmp buffer every time you enter | |
1368 | a new routine that will call a png_*() function. | |
1369 | ||
1370 | See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp for your compiler for more | |
1371 | information on setjmp/longjmp. See the discussion on libpng error | |
1372 | handling in the Customizing Libpng section below for more information | |
1373 | on the libpng error handling. If an error occurs, and libpng longjmp's | |
1374 | back to your setjmp, you will want to call png_destroy_read_struct() to | |
1375 | free any memory. | |
1376 | ||
1377 | if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) | |
1378 | { | |
1379 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, | |
1380 | &end_info); | |
1381 | fclose(fp); | |
1382 | return (ERROR); | |
1383 | } | |
1384 | ||
1385 | Pass (png_infopp)NULL instead of &end_info if you didn't create | |
1386 | an end_info structure. | |
1387 | ||
1388 | If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues, | |
1389 | you can compile libpng with PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case | |
1390 | errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort(). | |
1391 | ||
1392 | You can #define PNG_ABORT() to a function that does something | |
1393 | more useful than abort(), as long as your function does not | |
1394 | return. | |
1395 | ||
1396 | Now you need to set up the input code. The default for libpng is to | |
1397 | use the C function fread(). If you use this, you will need to pass a | |
1398 | valid FILE * in the function png_init_io(). Be sure that the file is | |
1399 | opened in binary mode. If you wish to handle reading data in another | |
1400 | way, you need not call the png_init_io() function, but you must then | |
1401 | implement the libpng I/O methods discussed in the Customizing Libpng | |
1402 | section below. | |
1403 | ||
1404 | png_init_io(png_ptr, fp); | |
1405 | ||
1406 | If you had previously opened the file and read any of the signature from | |
1407 | the beginning in order to see if this was a PNG file, you need to let | |
1408 | libpng know that there are some bytes missing from the start of the file. | |
1409 | ||
1410 | png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, number); | |
1411 | ||
1412 | You can change the zlib compression buffer size to be used while | |
1413 | reading compressed data with | |
1414 | ||
1415 | png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, buffer_size); | |
1416 | ||
1417 | where the default size is 8192 bytes. Note that the buffer size | |
1418 | is changed immediately and the buffer is reallocated immediately, | |
1419 | instead of setting a flag to be acted upon later. | |
1420 | ||
1421 | If you want CRC errors to be handled in a different manner than | |
1422 | the default, use | |
1423 | ||
1424 | png_set_crc_action(png_ptr, crit_action, ancil_action); | |
1425 | ||
1426 | The values for png_set_crc_action() say how libpng is to handle CRC errors in | |
1427 | ancillary and critical chunks, and whether to use the data contained | |
1428 | therein. Note that it is impossible to "discard" data in a critical | |
1429 | chunk. | |
1430 | ||
1431 | Choices for (int) crit_action are | |
1432 | PNG_CRC_DEFAULT 0 error/quit | |
1433 | PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT 1 error/quit | |
1434 | PNG_CRC_WARN_USE 3 warn/use data | |
1435 | PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE 4 quiet/use data | |
1436 | PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE 5 use the current value | |
1437 | ||
1438 | Choices for (int) ancil_action are | |
1439 | PNG_CRC_DEFAULT 0 error/quit | |
1440 | PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT 1 error/quit | |
1441 | PNG_CRC_WARN_DISCARD 2 warn/discard data | |
1442 | PNG_CRC_WARN_USE 3 warn/use data | |
1443 | PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE 4 quiet/use data | |
1444 | PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE 5 use the current value | |
1445 | ||
1446 | .SS Setting up callback code | |
1447 | ||
1448 | You can set up a callback function to handle any unknown chunks in the | |
1449 | input stream. You must supply the function | |
1450 | ||
1451 | read_chunk_callback(png_structp png_ptr, | |
1452 | png_unknown_chunkp chunk); | |
1453 | { | |
1454 | /* The unknown chunk structure contains your | |
1455 | chunk data, along with similar data for any other | |
1456 | unknown chunks: */ | |
1457 | ||
1458 | png_byte name[5]; | |
1459 | png_byte *data; | |
1460 | png_size_t size; | |
1461 | ||
1462 | /* Note that libpng has already taken care of | |
1463 | the CRC handling */ | |
1464 | ||
1465 | /* put your code here. Search for your chunk in the | |
1466 | unknown chunk structure, process it, and return one | |
1467 | of the following: */ | |
1468 | ||
1469 | return (-n); /* chunk had an error */ | |
1470 | return (0); /* did not recognize */ | |
1471 | return (n); /* success */ | |
1472 | } | |
1473 | ||
1474 | (You can give your function another name that you like instead of | |
1475 | "read_chunk_callback") | |
1476 | ||
1477 | To inform libpng about your function, use | |
1478 | ||
1479 | png_set_read_user_chunk_fn(png_ptr, user_chunk_ptr, | |
1480 | read_chunk_callback); | |
1481 | ||
1482 | This names not only the callback function, but also a user pointer that | |
1483 | you can retrieve with | |
1484 | ||
1485 | png_get_user_chunk_ptr(png_ptr); | |
1486 | ||
1487 | If you call the png_set_read_user_chunk_fn() function, then all unknown | |
1488 | chunks will be saved when read, in case your callback function will need | |
1489 | one or more of them. This behavior can be changed with the | |
1490 | png_set_keep_unknown_chunks() function, described below. | |
1491 | ||
1492 | At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be | |
1493 | called after each row has been read, which you can use to control | |
1494 | a progress meter or the like. It's demonstrated in pngtest.c. | |
1495 | You must supply a function | |
1496 | ||
1497 | void read_row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, | |
1498 | png_uint_32 row, int pass); | |
1499 | { | |
1500 | /* put your code here */ | |
1501 | } | |
1502 | ||
1503 | (You can give it another name that you like instead of "read_row_callback") | |
1504 | ||
1505 | To inform libpng about your function, use | |
1506 | ||
1507 | png_set_read_status_fn(png_ptr, read_row_callback); | |
1508 | ||
1509 | When this function is called the row has already been completely processed and | |
1510 | the 'row' and 'pass' refer to the next row to be handled. For the | |
1511 | non-interlaced case the row that was just handled is simply one less than the | |
1512 | passed in row number, and pass will always be 0. For the interlaced case the | |
1513 | same applies unless the row value is 0, in which case the row just handled was | |
1514 | the last one from one of the preceding passes. Because interlacing may skip a | |
1515 | pass you cannot be sure that the preceding pass is just 'pass-1', if you really | |
1516 | need to know what the last pass is record (row,pass) from the callback and use | |
1517 | the last recorded value each time. | |
1518 | ||
1519 | As with the user transform you can find the output row using the | |
1520 | PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW macro. | |
1521 | ||
1522 | .SS Unknown-chunk handling | |
1523 | ||
1524 | Now you get to set the way the library processes unknown chunks in the | |
1525 | input PNG stream. Both known and unknown chunks will be read. Normal | |
1526 | behavior is that known chunks will be parsed into information in | |
1527 | various info_ptr members while unknown chunks will be discarded. This | |
1528 | behavior can be wasteful if your application will never use some known | |
1529 | chunk types. To change this, you can call: | |
1530 | ||
1531 | png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, keep, | |
1532 | chunk_list, num_chunks); | |
1533 | keep - 0: default unknown chunk handling | |
1534 | 1: ignore; do not keep | |
1535 | 2: keep only if safe-to-copy | |
1536 | 3: keep even if unsafe-to-copy | |
1537 | ||
1538 | You can use these definitions: | |
1539 | PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT 0 | |
1540 | PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER 1 | |
1541 | PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE 2 | |
1542 | PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS 3 | |
1543 | ||
1544 | chunk_list - list of chunks affected (a byte string, | |
1545 | five bytes per chunk, NULL or '\0' if | |
1546 | num_chunks is 0) | |
1547 | ||
1548 | num_chunks - number of chunks affected; if 0, all | |
1549 | unknown chunks are affected. If nonzero, | |
1550 | only the chunks in the list are affected | |
1551 | ||
1552 | Unknown chunks declared in this way will be saved as raw data onto a | |
1553 | list of png_unknown_chunk structures. If a chunk that is normally | |
1554 | known to libpng is named in the list, it will be handled as unknown, | |
1555 | according to the "keep" directive. If a chunk is named in successive | |
1556 | instances of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(), the final instance will | |
1557 | take precedence. The IHDR and IEND chunks should not be named in | |
1558 | chunk_list; if they are, libpng will process them normally anyway. | |
1559 | If you know that your application will never make use of some particular | |
1560 | chunks, use PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER (or 1) as demonstrated below. | |
1561 | ||
1562 | Here is an example of the usage of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(), | |
1563 | where the private "vpAg" chunk will later be processed by a user chunk | |
1564 | callback function: | |
1565 | ||
1566 | png_byte vpAg[5]={118, 112, 65, 103, (png_byte) '\0'}; | |
1567 | ||
1568 | #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED) | |
1569 | png_byte unused_chunks[]= | |
1570 | { | |
1571 | 104, 73, 83, 84, (png_byte) '\0', /* hIST */ | |
1572 | 105, 84, 88, 116, (png_byte) '\0', /* iTXt */ | |
1573 | 112, 67, 65, 76, (png_byte) '\0', /* pCAL */ | |
1574 | 115, 67, 65, 76, (png_byte) '\0', /* sCAL */ | |
1575 | 115, 80, 76, 84, (png_byte) '\0', /* sPLT */ | |
1576 | 116, 73, 77, 69, (png_byte) '\0', /* tIME */ | |
1577 | }; | |
1578 | #endif | |
1579 | ||
1580 | ... | |
1581 | ||
1582 | #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED) | |
1583 | /* ignore all unknown chunks: */ | |
1584 | png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 1, NULL, 0); | |
1585 | ||
1586 | /* except for vpAg: */ | |
1587 | png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 2, vpAg, 1); | |
1588 | ||
1589 | /* also ignore unused known chunks: */ | |
1590 | png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 1, unused_chunks, | |
1591 | (int)sizeof(unused_chunks)/5); | |
1592 | #endif | |
1593 | ||
1594 | .SS User limits | |
1595 | ||
1596 | The PNG specification allows the width and height of an image to be as | |
1597 | large as 2^31-1 (0x7fffffff), or about 2.147 billion rows and columns. | |
1598 | Since very few applications really need to process such large images, | |
1599 | we have imposed an arbitrary 1-million limit on rows and columns. | |
1600 | Larger images will be rejected immediately with a png_error() call. If | |
1601 | you wish to change this limit, you can use | |
1602 | ||
1603 | png_set_user_limits(png_ptr, width_max, height_max); | |
1604 | ||
1605 | to set your own limits, or use width_max = height_max = 0x7fffffffL | |
1606 | to allow all valid dimensions (libpng may reject some very large images | |
1607 | anyway because of potential buffer overflow conditions). | |
1608 | ||
1609 | You should put this statement after you create the PNG structure and | |
1610 | before calling png_read_info(), png_read_png(), or png_process_data(). | |
1611 | ||
1612 | When writing a PNG datastream, put this statement before calling | |
1613 | png_write_info() or png_write_png(). | |
1614 | ||
1615 | If you need to retrieve the limits that are being applied, use | |
1616 | ||
1617 | width_max = png_get_user_width_max(png_ptr); | |
1618 | height_max = png_get_user_height_max(png_ptr); | |
1619 | ||
1620 | The PNG specification sets no limit on the number of ancillary chunks | |
1621 | allowed in a PNG datastream. You can impose a limit on the total number | |
1622 | of sPLT, tEXt, iTXt, zTXt, and unknown chunks that will be stored, with | |
1623 | ||
1624 | png_set_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_cache_max); | |
1625 | ||
1626 | where 0x7fffffffL means unlimited. You can retrieve this limit with | |
1627 | ||
1628 | chunk_cache_max = png_get_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr); | |
1629 | ||
1630 | This limit also applies to the number of buffers that can be allocated | |
1631 | by png_decompress_chunk() while decompressing iTXt, zTXt, and iCCP chunks. | |
1632 | ||
1633 | You can also set a limit on the amount of memory that a compressed chunk | |
1634 | other than IDAT can occupy, with | |
1635 | ||
1636 | png_set_chunk_malloc_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_malloc_max); | |
1637 | ||
1638 | and you can retrieve the limit with | |
1639 | ||
1640 | chunk_malloc_max = png_get_chunk_malloc_max(png_ptr); | |
1641 | ||
1642 | Any chunks that would cause either of these limits to be exceeded will | |
1643 | be ignored. | |
1644 | ||
1645 | .SS Information about your system | |
1646 | ||
1647 | If you intend to display the PNG or to incorporate it in other image data you | |
1648 | need to tell libpng information about your display or drawing surface so that | |
1649 | libpng can convert the values in the image to match the display. | |
1650 | ||
1651 | From libpng-1.5.4 this information can be set before reading the PNG file | |
1652 | header. In earlier versions png_set_gamma() existed but behaved incorrectly if | |
1653 | called before the PNG file header had been read and png_set_alpha_mode() did not | |
1654 | exist. | |
1655 | ||
1656 | If you need to support versions prior to libpng-1.5.4 test the version number | |
1657 | as illustrated below using "PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504" and follow the procedures | |
1658 | described in the appropriate manual page. | |
1659 | ||
1660 | You give libpng the encoding expected by your system expressed as a 'gamma' | |
1661 | value. You can also specify a default encoding for the PNG file in | |
1662 | case the required information is missing from the file. By default libpng | |
1663 | assumes that the PNG data matches your system, to keep this default call: | |
1664 | ||
1665 | png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 1/screen_gamma/*file gamma*/); | |
1666 | ||
1667 | or you can use the fixed point equivalent: | |
1668 | ||
1669 | png_set_gamma_fixed(png_ptr, PNG_FP_1*screen_gamma, PNG_FP_1/screen_gamma); | |
1670 | ||
1671 | If you don't know the gamma for your system it is probably 2.2 - a good | |
1672 | approximation to the IEC standard for display systems (sRGB). If images are | |
1673 | too contrasty or washed out you got the value wrong - check your system | |
1674 | documentation! | |
1675 | ||
1676 | Many systems permit the system gamma to be changed via a lookup table in the | |
1677 | display driver, a few systems, including older Macs, change the response by | |
1678 | default. As of 1.5.4 three special values are available to handle common | |
1679 | situations: | |
1680 | ||
1681 | PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB: Indicates that the system conforms to the IEC 61966-2-1 | |
1682 | standard. This matches almost all systems. | |
1683 | PNG_GAMMA_MAC_18: Indicates that the system is an older (pre Mac OS 10.6) | |
1684 | Apple Macintosh system with the default settings. | |
1685 | PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR: Just the fixed point value for 1.0 - indicates that the | |
1686 | system expects data with no gamma encoding. | |
1687 | ||
1688 | You would use the linear (unencoded) value if you need to process the pixel | |
1689 | values further because this avoids the need to decode and reencode each | |
1690 | component value whenever arithmetic is performed. A lot of graphics software | |
1691 | uses linear values for this reason, often with higher precision component values | |
1692 | to preserve overall accuracy. | |
1693 | ||
1694 | The second thing you may need to tell libpng about is how your system handles | |
1695 | alpha channel information. Some, but not all, PNG files contain an alpha | |
1696 | channel. To display these files correctly you need to compose the data onto a | |
1697 | suitable background, as described in the PNG specification. | |
1698 | ||
1699 | Libpng only supports composing onto a single color (using png_set_background; | |
1700 | see below). Otherwise you must do the composition yourself and, in this case, | |
1701 | you may need to call png_set_alpha_mode: | |
1702 | ||
1703 | #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504 | |
1704 | png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, mode, screen_gamma); | |
1705 | #else | |
1706 | png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 1.0/screen_gamma); | |
1707 | #endif | |
1708 | ||
1709 | The screen_gamma value is the same as the argument to png_set_gamma; however, | |
1710 | how it affects the output depends on the mode. png_set_alpha_mode() sets the | |
1711 | file gamma default to 1/screen_gamma, so normally you don't need to call | |
1712 | png_set_gamma. If you need different defaults call png_set_gamma() before | |
1713 | png_set_alpha_mode() - if you call it after it will override the settings made | |
1714 | by png_set_alpha_mode(). | |
1715 | ||
1716 | The mode is as follows: | |
1717 | ||
1718 | PNG_ALPHA_PNG: The data is encoded according to the PNG specification. Red, | |
1719 | green and blue, or gray, components are gamma encoded color | |
1720 | values and are not premultiplied by the alpha value. The | |
1721 | alpha value is a linear measure of the contribution of the | |
1722 | pixel to the corresponding final output pixel. | |
1723 | ||
1724 | You should normally use this format if you intend to perform | |
1725 | color correction on the color values; most, maybe all, color | |
1726 | correction software has no handling for the alpha channel and, | |
1727 | anyway, the math to handle pre-multiplied component values is | |
1728 | unnecessarily complex. | |
1729 | ||
1730 | Before you do any arithmetic on the component values you need | |
1731 | to remove the gamma encoding and multiply out the alpha | |
1732 | channel. See the PNG specification for more detail. It is | |
1733 | important to note that when an image with an alpha channel is | |
1734 | scaled, linear encoded, pre-multiplied component values must | |
1735 | be used! | |
1736 | ||
1737 | The remaining modes assume you don't need to do any further color correction or | |
1738 | that if you do, your color correction software knows all about alpha (it | |
1739 | probably doesn't!) | |
1740 | ||
1741 | PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD: The data libpng produces | |
1742 | is encoded in the standard way | |
1743 | assumed by most correctly written graphics software. | |
1744 | The gamma encoding will be removed by libpng and the | |
1745 | linear component values will be pre-multiplied by the | |
1746 | alpha channel. | |
1747 | ||
1748 | With this format the final image must be re-encoded to | |
1749 | match the display gamma before the image is displayed. | |
1750 | If your system doesn't do that, yet still seems to | |
1751 | perform arithmetic on the pixels without decoding them, | |
1752 | it is broken - check out the modes below. | |
1753 | ||
1754 | With PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD libpng always produces linear | |
1755 | component values, whatever screen_gamma you supply. The | |
1756 | screen_gamma value is, however, used as a default for | |
1757 | the file gamma if the PNG file has no gamma information. | |
1758 | ||
1759 | If you call png_set_gamma() after png_set_alpha_mode() you | |
1760 | will override the linear encoding. Instead the | |
1761 | pre-multiplied pixel values will be gamma encoded but | |
1762 | the alpha channel will still be linear. This may | |
1763 | actually match the requirements of some broken software, | |
1764 | but it is unlikely. | |
1765 | ||
1766 | While linear 8-bit data is often used it has | |
1767 | insufficient precision for any image with a reasonable | |
1768 | dynamic range. To avoid problems, and if your software | |
1769 | supports it, use png_set_expand_16() to force all | |
1770 | components to 16 bits. | |
1771 | ||
1772 | PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED: This mode is the same | |
1773 | as PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD except that | |
1774 | completely opaque pixels are gamma encoded according to | |
1775 | the screen_gamma value. Pixels with alpha less than 1.0 | |
1776 | will still have linear components. | |
1777 | ||
1778 | Use this format if you have control over your | |
1779 | compositing software and do don't do other arithmetic | |
1780 | (such as scaling) on the data you get from libpng. Your | |
1781 | compositing software can simply copy opaque pixels to | |
1782 | the output but still has linear values for the | |
1783 | non-opaque pixels. | |
1784 | ||
1785 | In normal compositing, where the alpha channel encodes | |
1786 | partial pixel coverage (as opposed to broad area | |
1787 | translucency), the inaccuracies of the 8-bit | |
1788 | representation of non-opaque pixels are irrelevant. | |
1789 | ||
1790 | You can also try this format if your software is broken; | |
1791 | it might look better. | |
1792 | ||
1793 | PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN: This is PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD; | |
1794 | however, all component values, | |
1795 | including the alpha channel are gamma encoded. This is | |
1796 | an appropriate format to try if your software, or more | |
1797 | likely hardware, is totally broken, i.e., if it performs | |
1798 | linear arithmetic directly on gamma encoded values. | |
1799 | ||
1800 | In most cases of broken software or hardware the bug in the final display | |
1801 | manifests as a subtle halo around composited parts of the image. You may not | |
1802 | even perceive this as a halo; the composited part of the image may simply appear | |
1803 | separate from the background, as though it had been cut out of paper and pasted | |
1804 | on afterward. | |
1805 | ||
1806 | If you don't have to deal with bugs in software or hardware, or if you can fix | |
1807 | them, there are three recommended ways of using png_set_alpha_mode(): | |
1808 | ||
1809 | png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, | |
1810 | screen_gamma); | |
1811 | ||
1812 | You can do color correction on the result (libpng does not currently | |
1813 | support color correction internally). When you handle the alpha channel | |
1814 | you need to undo the gamma encoding and multiply out the alpha. | |
1815 | ||
1816 | png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD, | |
1817 | screen_gamma); | |
1818 | png_set_expand_16(png_ptr); | |
1819 | ||
1820 | If you are using the high level interface, don't call png_set_expand_16(); | |
1821 | instead pass PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 to the interface. | |
1822 | ||
1823 | With this mode you can't do color correction, but you can do arithmetic, | |
1824 | including composition and scaling, on the data without further processing. | |
1825 | ||
1826 | png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED, | |
1827 | screen_gamma); | |
1828 | ||
1829 | You can avoid the expansion to 16-bit components with this mode, but you | |
1830 | lose the ability to scale the image or perform other linear arithmetic. | |
1831 | All you can do is compose the result onto a matching output. Since this | |
1832 | mode is libpng-specific you also need to write your own composition | |
1833 | software. | |
1834 | ||
1835 | If you don't need, or can't handle, the alpha channel you can call | |
1836 | png_set_background() to remove it by compositing against a fixed color. Don't | |
1837 | call png_set_strip_alpha() to do this - it will leave spurious pixel values in | |
1838 | transparent parts of this image. | |
1839 | ||
1840 | png_set_background(png_ptr, &background_color, | |
1841 | PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0, 1); | |
1842 | ||
1843 | The background_color is an RGB or grayscale value according to the data format | |
1844 | libpng will produce for you. Because you don't yet know the format of the PNG | |
1845 | file, if you call png_set_background at this point you must arrange for the | |
1846 | format produced by libpng to always have 8-bit or 16-bit components and then | |
1847 | store the color as an 8-bit or 16-bit color as appropriate. The color contains | |
1848 | separate gray and RGB component values, so you can let libpng produce gray or | |
1849 | RGB output according to the input format, but low bit depth grayscale images | |
1850 | must always be converted to at least 8-bit format. (Even though low bit depth | |
1851 | grayscale images can't have an alpha channel they can have a transparent | |
1852 | color!) | |
1853 | ||
1854 | You set the transforms you need later, either as flags to the high level | |
1855 | interface or libpng API calls for the low level interface. For reference the | |
1856 | settings and API calls required are: | |
1857 | ||
1858 | 8-bit values: | |
1859 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16 | PNG_EXPAND | |
1860 | png_set_expand(png_ptr); png_set_scale_16(png_ptr); | |
1861 | ||
1862 | If you must get exactly the same inaccurate results | |
1863 | produced by default in versions prior to libpng-1.5.4, | |
1864 | use PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 and png_set_strip_16(png_ptr) | |
1865 | instead. | |
1866 | ||
1867 | 16-bit values: | |
1868 | PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 | |
1869 | png_set_expand_16(png_ptr); | |
1870 | ||
1871 | In either case palette image data will be expanded to RGB. If you just want | |
1872 | color data you can add PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB or png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr) | |
1873 | to the list. | |
1874 | ||
1875 | Calling png_set_background before the PNG file header is read will not work | |
1876 | prior to libpng-1.5.4. Because the failure may result in unexpected warnings or | |
1877 | errors it is therefore much safer to call png_set_background after the head has | |
1878 | been read. Unfortunately this means that prior to libpng-1.5.4 it cannot be | |
1879 | used with the high level interface. | |
1880 | ||
1881 | .SS The high-level read interface | |
1882 | ||
1883 | At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level | |
1884 | read interface, or through a sequence of low-level read operations. | |
1885 | You can use the high-level interface if (a) you are willing to read | |
1886 | the entire image into memory, and (b) the input transformations | |
1887 | you want to do are limited to the following set: | |
1888 | ||
1889 | PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY No transformation | |
1890 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16 Strip 16-bit samples to | |
1891 | 8-bit accurately | |
1892 | PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 Chop 16-bit samples to | |
1893 | 8-bit less accurately | |
1894 | PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_ALPHA Discard the alpha channel | |
1895 | PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING Expand 1, 2 and 4-bit | |
1896 | samples to bytes | |
1897 | PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP Change order of packed | |
1898 | pixels to LSB first | |
1899 | PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND Perform set_expand() | |
1900 | PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO Invert monochrome images | |
1901 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT Normalize pixels to the | |
1902 | sBIT depth | |
1903 | PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA | |
1904 | to BGRA | |
1905 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA | |
1906 | to AG | |
1907 | PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA Change alpha from opacity | |
1908 | to transparency | |
1909 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN Byte-swap 16-bit samples | |
1910 | PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB Expand grayscale samples | |
1911 | to RGB (or GA to RGBA) | |
1912 | PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 Expand samples to 16 bits | |
1913 | ||
1914 | (This excludes setting a background color, doing gamma transformation, | |
1915 | quantizing, and setting filler.) If this is the case, simply do this: | |
1916 | ||
1917 | png_read_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL) | |
1918 | ||
1919 | where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some | |
1920 | set of transformation flags. This call is equivalent to png_read_info(), | |
1921 | followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask, | |
1922 | then png_read_image(), and finally png_read_end(). | |
1923 | ||
1924 | (The final parameter of this call is not yet used. Someday it might point | |
1925 | to transformation parameters required by some future input transform.) | |
1926 | ||
1927 | You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions | |
1928 | when you use png_read_png(). | |
1929 | ||
1930 | After you have called png_read_png(), you can retrieve the image data | |
1931 | with | |
1932 | ||
1933 | row_pointers = png_get_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr); | |
1934 | ||
1935 | where row_pointers is an array of pointers to the pixel data for each row: | |
1936 | ||
1937 | png_bytep row_pointers[height]; | |
1938 | ||
1939 | If you know your image size and pixel size ahead of time, you can allocate | |
1940 | row_pointers prior to calling png_read_png() with | |
1941 | ||
1942 | if (height > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/png_sizeof(png_byte)) | |
1943 | png_error (png_ptr, | |
1944 | "Image is too tall to process in memory"); | |
1945 | ||
1946 | if (width > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/pixel_size) | |
1947 | png_error (png_ptr, | |
1948 | "Image is too wide to process in memory"); | |
1949 | ||
1950 | row_pointers = png_malloc(png_ptr, | |
1951 | height*png_sizeof(png_bytep)); | |
1952 | ||
1953 | for (int i=0; i<height, i++) | |
1954 | row_pointers[i]=NULL; /* security precaution */ | |
1955 | ||
1956 | for (int i=0; i<height, i++) | |
1957 | row_pointers[i]=png_malloc(png_ptr, | |
1958 | width*pixel_size); | |
1959 | ||
1960 | png_set_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr, &row_pointers); | |
1961 | ||
1962 | Alternatively you could allocate your image in one big block and define | |
1963 | row_pointers[i] to point into the proper places in your block. | |
1964 | ||
1965 | If you use png_set_rows(), the application is responsible for freeing | |
1966 | row_pointers (and row_pointers[i], if they were separately allocated). | |
1967 | ||
1968 | If you don't allocate row_pointers ahead of time, png_read_png() will | |
1969 | do it, and it'll be free'ed by libpng when you call png_destroy_*(). | |
1970 | ||
1971 | .SS The low-level read interface | |
1972 | ||
1973 | If you are going the low-level route, you are now ready to read all | |
1974 | the file information up to the actual image data. You do this with a | |
1975 | call to png_read_info(). | |
1976 | ||
1977 | png_read_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); | |
1978 | ||
1979 | This will process all chunks up to but not including the image data. | |
1980 | ||
1981 | This also copies some of the data from the PNG file into the decode structure | |
1982 | for use in later transformations. Important information copied in is: | |
1983 | ||
1984 | 1) The PNG file gamma from the gAMA chunk. This overwrites the default value | |
1985 | provided by an earlier call to png_set_gamma or png_set_alpha_mode. | |
1986 | ||
1987 | 2) Prior to libpng-1.5.4 the background color from a bKGd chunk. This | |
1988 | damages the information provided by an earlier call to png_set_background | |
1989 | resulting in unexpected behavior. Libpng-1.5.4 no longer does this. | |
1990 | ||
1991 | 3) The number of significant bits in each component value. Libpng uses this to | |
1992 | optimize gamma handling by reducing the internal lookup table sizes. | |
1993 | ||
1994 | 4) The transparent color information from a tRNS chunk. This can be modified by | |
1995 | a later call to png_set_tRNS. | |
1996 | ||
1997 | .SS Querying the info structure | |
1998 | ||
1999 | Functions are used to get the information from the info_ptr once it | |
2000 | has been read. Note that these fields may not be completely filled | |
2001 | in until png_read_end() has read the chunk data following the image. | |
2002 | ||
2003 | png_get_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, &width, &height, | |
2004 | &bit_depth, &color_type, &interlace_type, | |
2005 | &compression_type, &filter_method); | |
2006 | ||
2007 | width - holds the width of the image | |
2008 | in pixels (up to 2^31). | |
2009 | ||
2010 | height - holds the height of the image | |
2011 | in pixels (up to 2^31). | |
2012 | ||
2013 | bit_depth - holds the bit depth of one of the | |
2014 | image channels. (valid values are | |
2015 | 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 and depend also on | |
2016 | the color_type. See also | |
2017 | significant bits (sBIT) below). | |
2018 | ||
2019 | color_type - describes which color/alpha channels | |
2020 | are present. | |
2021 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY | |
2022 | (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16) | |
2023 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA | |
2024 | (bit depths 8, 16) | |
2025 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE | |
2026 | (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8) | |
2027 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB | |
2028 | (bit_depths 8, 16) | |
2029 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA | |
2030 | (bit_depths 8, 16) | |
2031 | ||
2032 | PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE | |
2033 | PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR | |
2034 | PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA | |
2035 | ||
2036 | interlace_type - (PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or | |
2037 | PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7) | |
2038 | ||
2039 | compression_type - (must be PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE | |
2040 | for PNG 1.0) | |
2041 | ||
2042 | filter_method - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE | |
2043 | for PNG 1.0, and can also be | |
2044 | PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if | |
2045 | the PNG datastream is embedded in | |
2046 | a MNG-1.0 datastream) | |
2047 | ||
2048 | Any or all of interlace_type, compression_type, or | |
2049 | filter_method can be NULL if you are | |
2050 | not interested in their values. | |
2051 | ||
2052 | Note that png_get_IHDR() returns 32-bit data into | |
2053 | the application's width and height variables. | |
2054 | This is an unsafe situation if these are 16-bit | |
2055 | variables. In such situations, the | |
2056 | png_get_image_width() and png_get_image_height() | |
2057 | functions described below are safer. | |
2058 | ||
2059 | width = png_get_image_width(png_ptr, | |
2060 | info_ptr); | |
2061 | ||
2062 | height = png_get_image_height(png_ptr, | |
2063 | info_ptr); | |
2064 | ||
2065 | bit_depth = png_get_bit_depth(png_ptr, | |
2066 | info_ptr); | |
2067 | ||
2068 | color_type = png_get_color_type(png_ptr, | |
2069 | info_ptr); | |
2070 | ||
2071 | interlace_type = png_get_interlace_type(png_ptr, | |
2072 | info_ptr); | |
2073 | ||
2074 | compression_type = png_get_compression_type(png_ptr, | |
2075 | info_ptr); | |
2076 | ||
2077 | filter_method = png_get_filter_type(png_ptr, | |
2078 | info_ptr); | |
2079 | ||
2080 | channels = png_get_channels(png_ptr, info_ptr); | |
2081 | ||
2082 | channels - number of channels of info for the | |
2083 | color type (valid values are 1 (GRAY, | |
2084 | PALETTE), 2 (GRAY_ALPHA), 3 (RGB), | |
2085 | 4 (RGB_ALPHA or RGB + filler byte)) | |
2086 | ||
2087 | rowbytes = png_get_rowbytes(png_ptr, info_ptr); | |
2088 | ||
2089 | rowbytes - number of bytes needed to hold a row | |
2090 | ||
2091 | signature = png_get_signature(png_ptr, info_ptr); | |
2092 | ||
2093 | signature - holds the signature read from the | |
2094 | file (if any). The data is kept in | |
2095 | the same offset it would be if the | |
2096 | whole signature were read (i.e. if an | |
2097 | application had already read in 4 | |
2098 | bytes of signature before starting | |
2099 | libpng, the remaining 4 bytes would | |
2100 | be in signature[4] through signature[7] | |
2101 | (see png_set_sig_bytes())). | |
2102 | ||
2103 | These are also important, but their validity depends on whether the chunk | |
2104 | has been read. The png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_<chunk>) and | |
2105 | png_get_<chunk>(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...) functions return non-zero if the | |
2106 | data has been read, or zero if it is missing. The parameters to the | |
2107 | png_get_<chunk> are set directly if they are simple data types, or a | |
2108 | pointer into the info_ptr is returned for any complex types. | |
2109 | ||
2110 | png_get_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette, | |
2111 | &num_palette); | |
2112 | ||
2113 | palette - the palette for the file | |
2114 | (array of png_color) | |
2115 | ||
2116 | num_palette - number of entries in the palette | |
2117 | ||
2118 | png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &file_gamma); | |
2119 | png_get_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_file_gamma); | |
2120 | ||
2121 | file_gamma - the gamma at which the file is | |
2122 | written (PNG_INFO_gAMA) | |
2123 | ||
2124 | int_file_gamma - 100,000 times the gamma at which the | |
2125 | file is written | |
2126 | ||
2127 | png_get_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr, &white_x, &white_y, &red_x, &red_y, | |
2128 | &green_x, &green_y, &blue_x, &blue_y) | |
2129 | png_get_cHRM_XYZ(png_ptr, info_ptr, &red_X, &red_Y, &red_Z, &green_X, | |
2130 | &green_Y, &green_Z, &blue_X, &blue_Y, &blue_Z) | |
2131 | png_get_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_white_x, &int_white_y, | |
2132 | &int_red_x, &int_red_y, &int_green_x, &int_green_y, | |
2133 | &int_blue_x, &int_blue_y) | |
2134 | png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_red_X, &int_red_Y, | |
2135 | &int_red_Z, &int_green_X, &int_green_Y, &int_green_Z, | |
2136 | &int_blue_X, &int_blue_Y, &int_blue_Z) | |
2137 | ||
2138 | {white,red,green,blue}_{x,y} | |
2139 | A color space encoding specified using the chromaticities | |
2140 | of the end points and the white point. (PNG_INFO_cHRM) | |
2141 | ||
2142 | {red,green,blue}_{X,Y,Z} | |
2143 | A color space encoding specified using the encoding end | |
2144 | points - the CIE tristimulus specification of the intended | |
2145 | color of the red, green and blue channels in the PNG RGB | |
2146 | data. The white point is simply the sum of the three end | |
2147 | points. (PNG_INFO_cHRM) | |
2148 | ||
2149 | png_get_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, &srgb_intent); | |
2150 | ||
2151 | file_srgb_intent - the rendering intent (PNG_INFO_sRGB) | |
2152 | The presence of the sRGB chunk | |
2153 | means that the pixel data is in the | |
2154 | sRGB color space. This chunk also | |
2155 | implies specific values of gAMA and | |
2156 | cHRM. | |
2157 | ||
2158 | png_get_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, &name, | |
2159 | &compression_type, &profile, &proflen); | |
2160 | ||
2161 | name - The profile name. | |
2162 | ||
2163 | compression_type - The compression type; always | |
2164 | PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0. | |
2165 | You may give NULL to this argument to | |
2166 | ignore it. | |
2167 | ||
2168 | profile - International Color Consortium color | |
2169 | profile data. May contain NULs. | |
2170 | ||
2171 | proflen - length of profile data in bytes. | |
2172 | ||
2173 | png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit); | |
2174 | ||
2175 | sig_bit - the number of significant bits for | |
2176 | (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray, | |
2177 | red, green, and blue channels, | |
2178 | whichever are appropriate for the | |
2179 | given color type (png_color_16) | |
2180 | ||
2181 | png_get_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, &trans_alpha, | |
2182 | &num_trans, &trans_color); | |
2183 | ||
2184 | trans_alpha - array of alpha (transparency) | |
2185 | entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS) | |
2186 | ||
2187 | num_trans - number of transparent entries | |
2188 | (PNG_INFO_tRNS) | |
2189 | ||
2190 | trans_color - graylevel or color sample values of | |
2191 | the single transparent color for | |
2192 | non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS) | |
2193 | ||
2194 | png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, &hist); | |
2195 | (PNG_INFO_hIST) | |
2196 | ||
2197 | hist - histogram of palette (array of | |
2198 | png_uint_16) | |
2199 | ||
2200 | png_get_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, &mod_time); | |
2201 | ||
2202 | mod_time - time image was last modified | |
2203 | (PNG_VALID_tIME) | |
2204 | ||
2205 | png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &background); | |
2206 | ||
2207 | background - background color (of type | |
2208 | png_color_16p) (PNG_VALID_bKGD) | |
2209 | valid 16-bit red, green and blue | |
2210 | values, regardless of color_type | |
2211 | ||
2212 | num_comments = png_get_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, | |
2213 | &text_ptr, &num_text); | |
2214 | ||
2215 | num_comments - number of comments | |
2216 | ||
2217 | text_ptr - array of png_text holding image | |
2218 | comments | |
2219 | ||
2220 | text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used | |
2221 | on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE | |
2222 | PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt | |
2223 | PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE | |
2224 | PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt | |
2225 | ||
2226 | text_ptr[i].key - keyword for comment. Must contain | |
2227 | 1-79 characters. | |
2228 | ||
2229 | text_ptr[i].text - text comments for current | |
2230 | keyword. Can be empty. | |
2231 | ||
2232 | text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string, | |
2233 | after decompression, 0 for iTXt | |
2234 | ||
2235 | text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string, | |
2236 | after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt | |
2237 | ||
2238 | text_ptr[i].lang - language of comment (empty | |
2239 | string for unknown). | |
2240 | ||
2241 | text_ptr[i].lang_key - keyword in UTF-8 | |
2242 | (empty string for unknown). | |
2243 | ||
2244 | Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key | |
2245 | members of the text_ptr structure only exist when the | |
2246 | library is built with iTXt chunk support. Prior to | |
2247 | libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by default without | |
2248 | iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt is supported, | |
2249 | they contain NULL pointers when the "compression" | |
2250 | field contains PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or | |
2251 | PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt. | |
2252 | ||
2253 | num_text - number of comments (same as | |
2254 | num_comments; you can put NULL here | |
2255 | to avoid the duplication) | |
2256 | ||
2257 | Note while png_set_text() will accept text, language, | |
2258 | and translated keywords that can be NULL pointers, the | |
2259 | structure returned by png_get_text will always contain | |
2260 | regular zero-terminated C strings. They might be | |
2261 | empty strings but they will never be NULL pointers. | |
2262 | ||
2263 | num_spalettes = png_get_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr, | |
2264 | &palette_ptr); | |
2265 | ||
2266 | num_spalettes - number of sPLT chunks read. | |
2267 | ||
2268 | palette_ptr - array of palette structures holding | |
2269 | contents of one or more sPLT chunks | |
2270 | read. | |
2271 | ||
2272 | png_get_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &offset_x, &offset_y, | |
2273 | &unit_type); | |
2274 | ||
2275 | offset_x - positive offset from the left edge | |
2276 | of the screen (can be negative) | |
2277 | ||
2278 | offset_y - positive offset from the top edge | |
2279 | of the screen (can be negative) | |
2280 | ||
2281 | unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER | |
2282 | ||
2283 | png_get_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &res_x, &res_y, | |
2284 | &unit_type); | |
2285 | ||
2286 | res_x - pixels/unit physical resolution in | |
2287 | x direction | |
2288 | ||
2289 | res_y - pixels/unit physical resolution in | |
2290 | x direction | |
2291 | ||
2292 | unit_type - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN, | |
2293 | PNG_RESOLUTION_METER | |
2294 | ||
2295 | png_get_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width, | |
2296 | &height) | |
2297 | ||
2298 | unit - physical scale units (an integer) | |
2299 | ||
2300 | width - width of a pixel in physical scale units | |
2301 | ||
2302 | height - height of a pixel in physical scale units | |
2303 | (width and height are doubles) | |
2304 | ||
2305 | png_get_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width, | |
2306 | &height) | |
2307 | ||
2308 | unit - physical scale units (an integer) | |
2309 | ||
2310 | width - width of a pixel in physical scale units | |
2311 | (expressed as a string) | |
2312 | ||
2313 | height - height of a pixel in physical scale units | |
2314 | (width and height are strings like "2.54") | |
2315 | ||
2316 | num_unknown_chunks = png_get_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, | |
2317 | info_ptr, &unknowns) | |
2318 | ||
2319 | unknowns - array of png_unknown_chunk | |
2320 | structures holding unknown chunks | |
2321 | ||
2322 | unknowns[i].name - name of unknown chunk | |
2323 | ||
2324 | unknowns[i].data - data of unknown chunk | |
2325 | ||
2326 | unknowns[i].size - size of unknown chunk's data | |
2327 | ||
2328 | unknowns[i].location - position of chunk in file | |
2329 | ||
2330 | The value of "i" corresponds to the order in which the | |
2331 | chunks were read from the PNG file or inserted with the | |
2332 | png_set_unknown_chunks() function. | |
2333 | ||
2334 | The value of "location" is a bitwise "or" of | |
2335 | ||
2336 | PNG_HAVE_IHDR (0x01) | |
2337 | PNG_HAVE_PLTE (0x02) | |
2338 | PNG_AFTER_IDAT (0x08) | |
2339 | ||
2340 | The data from the pHYs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient | |
2341 | forms: | |
2342 | ||
2343 | res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr, | |
2344 | info_ptr) | |
2345 | ||
2346 | res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr, | |
2347 | info_ptr) | |
2348 | ||
2349 | res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr, | |
2350 | info_ptr) | |
2351 | ||
2352 | res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr, | |
2353 | info_ptr) | |
2354 | ||
2355 | res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr, | |
2356 | info_ptr) | |
2357 | ||
2358 | res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr, | |
2359 | info_ptr) | |
2360 | ||
2361 | aspect_ratio = png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio(png_ptr, | |
2362 | info_ptr) | |
2363 | ||
2364 | Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown"] if | |
2365 | the data is not present or if res_x is 0; | |
2366 | res_x_and_y is 0 if res_x != res_y | |
2367 | ||
2368 | Note that because of the way the resolutions are | |
2369 | stored internally, the inch conversions won't | |
2370 | come out to exactly even number. For example, | |
2371 | 72 dpi is stored as 0.28346 pixels/meter, and | |
2372 | when this is retrieved it is 71.9988 dpi, so | |
2373 | be sure to round the returned value appropriately | |
2374 | if you want to display a reasonable-looking result. | |
2375 | ||
2376 | The data from the oFFs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient | |
2377 | forms: | |
2378 | ||
2379 | x_offset = png_get_x_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr); | |
2380 | ||
2381 | y_offset = png_get_y_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr); | |
2382 | ||
2383 | x_offset = png_get_x_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr); | |
2384 | ||
2385 | y_offset = png_get_y_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr); | |
2386 | ||
2387 | Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown" if both | |
2388 | x and y are 0] if the data is not present or if the | |
2389 | chunk is present but the unit is the pixel. The | |
2390 | remark about inexact inch conversions applies here | |
2391 | as well, because a value in inches can't always be | |
2392 | converted to microns and back without some loss | |
2393 | of precision. | |
2394 | ||
2395 | For more information, see the | |
2396 | PNG specification for chunk contents. Be careful with trusting | |
2397 | rowbytes, as some of the transformations could increase the space | |
2398 | needed to hold a row (expand, filler, gray_to_rgb, etc.). | |
2399 | See png_read_update_info(), below. | |
2400 | ||
2401 | A quick word about text_ptr and num_text. PNG stores comments in | |
2402 | keyword/text pairs, one pair per chunk, with no limit on the number | |
2403 | of text chunks, and a 2^31 byte limit on their size. While there are | |
2404 | suggested keywords, there is no requirement to restrict the use to these | |
2405 | strings. It is strongly suggested that keywords and text be sensible | |
2406 | to humans (that's the point), so don't use abbreviations. Non-printing | |
2407 | symbols are not allowed. See the PNG specification for more details. | |
2408 | There is also no requirement to have text after the keyword. | |
2409 | ||
2410 | Keywords should be limited to 79 Latin-1 characters without leading or | |
2411 | trailing spaces, but non-consecutive spaces are allowed within the | |
2412 | keyword. It is possible to have the same keyword any number of times. | |
2413 | The text_ptr is an array of png_text structures, each holding a | |
2414 | pointer to a language string, a pointer to a keyword and a pointer to | |
2415 | a text string. The text string, language code, and translated | |
2416 | keyword may be empty or NULL pointers. The keyword/text | |
2417 | pairs are put into the array in the order that they are received. | |
2418 | However, some or all of the text chunks may be after the image, so, to | |
2419 | make sure you have read all the text chunks, don't mess with these | |
2420 | until after you read the stuff after the image. This will be | |
2421 | mentioned again below in the discussion that goes with png_read_end(). | |
2422 | ||
2423 | .SS Input transformations | |
2424 | ||
2425 | After you've read the header information, you can set up the library | |
2426 | to handle any special transformations of the image data. The various | |
2427 | ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they | |
2428 | should occur. This is important, as some of these change the color | |
2429 | type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on | |
2430 | certain color types and bit depths. | |
2431 | ||
2432 | Transformations you request are ignored if they don't have any meaning for a | |
2433 | particular input data format. However some transformations can have an effect | |
2434 | as a result of a previous transformation. If you specify a contradictory set of | |
2435 | transformations, for example both adding and removing the alpha channel, you | |
2436 | cannot predict the final result. | |
2437 | ||
2438 | The color used for the transparency values should be supplied in the same | |
2439 | format/depth as the current image data. It is stored in the same format/depth | |
2440 | as the image data in a tRNS chunk, so this is what libpng expects for this data. | |
2441 | ||
2442 | The color used for the background value depends on the need_expand argument as | |
2443 | described below. | |
2444 | ||
2445 | Data will be decoded into the supplied row buffers packed into bytes | |
2446 | unless the library has been told to transform it into another format. | |
2447 | For example, 4 bit/pixel paletted or grayscale data will be returned | |
2448 | 2 pixels/byte with the leftmost pixel in the high-order bits of the | |
2449 | byte, unless png_set_packing() is called. 8-bit RGB data will be stored | |
2450 | in RGB RGB RGB format unless png_set_filler() or png_set_add_alpha() | |
2451 | is called to insert filler bytes, either before or after each RGB triplet. | |
2452 | 16-bit RGB data will be returned RRGGBB RRGGBB, with the most significant | |
2453 | byte of the color value first, unless png_set_scale_16() is called to | |
2454 | transform it to regular RGB RGB triplets, or png_set_filler() or | |
2455 | png_set_add alpha() is called to insert filler bytes, either before or | |
2456 | after each RRGGBB triplet. Similarly, 8-bit or 16-bit grayscale data can | |
2457 | be modified with png_set_filler(), png_set_add_alpha(), png_set_strip_16(), | |
2458 | or png_set_scale_16(). | |
2459 | ||
2460 | The following code transforms grayscale images of less than 8 to 8 bits, | |
2461 | changes paletted images to RGB, and adds a full alpha channel if there is | |
2462 | transparency information in a tRNS chunk. This is most useful on | |
2463 | grayscale images with bit depths of 2 or 4 or if there is a multiple-image | |
2464 | viewing application that wishes to treat all images in the same way. | |
2465 | ||
2466 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) | |
2467 | png_set_palette_to_rgb(png_ptr); | |
2468 | ||
2469 | if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, | |
2470 | PNG_INFO_tRNS)) png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(png_ptr); | |
2471 | ||
2472 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY && | |
2473 | bit_depth < 8) png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(png_ptr); | |
2474 | ||
2475 | The first two functions are actually aliases for png_set_expand(), added | |
2476 | in libpng version 1.0.4, with the function names expanded to improve code | |
2477 | readability. In some future version they may actually do different | |
2478 | things. | |
2479 | ||
2480 | As of libpng version 1.2.9, png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was | |
2481 | added. It expands the sample depth without changing tRNS to alpha. | |
2482 | ||
2483 | As of libpng version 1.5.2, png_set_expand_16() was added. It behaves as | |
2484 | png_set_expand(); however, the resultant channels have 16 bits rather than 8. | |
2485 | Use this when the output color or gray channels are made linear to avoid fairly | |
2486 | severe accuracy loss. | |
2487 | ||
2488 | if (bit_depth < 16) | |
2489 | png_set_expand_16(png_ptr); | |
2490 | ||
2491 | PNG can have files with 16 bits per channel. If you only can handle | |
2492 | 8 bits per channel, this will strip the pixels down to 8-bit. | |
2493 | ||
2494 | if (bit_depth == 16) | |
2495 | #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504 | |
2496 | png_set_scale_16(png_ptr); | |
2497 | #else | |
2498 | png_set_strip_16(png_ptr); | |
2499 | #endif | |
2500 | ||
2501 | (The more accurate "png_set_scale_16()" API became available in libpng version | |
2502 | 1.5.4). | |
2503 | ||
2504 | If you need to process the alpha channel on the image separately from the image | |
2505 | data (for example if you convert it to a bitmap mask) it is possible to have | |
2506 | libpng strip the channel leaving just RGB or gray data: | |
2507 | ||
2508 | if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) | |
2509 | png_set_strip_alpha(png_ptr); | |
2510 | ||
2511 | If you strip the alpha channel you need to find some other way of dealing with | |
2512 | the information. If, instead, you want to convert the image to an opaque | |
2513 | version with no alpha channel use png_set_background; see below. | |
2514 | ||
2515 | As of libpng version 1.5.2, almost all useful expansions are supported, the | |
2516 | major ommissions are conversion of grayscale to indexed images (which can be | |
2517 | done trivially in the application) and conversion of indexed to grayscale (which | |
2518 | can be done by a trivial manipulation of the palette.) | |
2519 | ||
2520 | In the following table, the 01 means grayscale with depth<8, 31 means | |
2521 | indexed with depth<8, other numerals represent the color type, "T" means | |
2522 | the tRNS chunk is present, A means an alpha channel is present, and O | |
2523 | means tRNS or alpha is present but all pixels in the image are opaque. | |
2524 | ||
2525 | FROM 01 31 0 0T 0O 2 2T 2O 3 3T 3O 4A 4O 6A 6O | |
2526 | TO | |
2527 | 01 - [G] - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
2528 | 31 [Q] Q [Q] [Q] [Q] Q Q Q Q Q Q [Q] [Q] Q Q | |
2529 | 0 1 G + . . G G G G G G B B GB GB | |
2530 | 0T lt Gt t + . Gt G G Gt G G Bt Bt GBt GBt | |
2531 | 0O lt Gt t . + Gt Gt G Gt Gt G Bt Bt GBt GBt | |
2532 | 2 C P C C C + . . C - - CB CB B B | |
2533 | 2T Ct - Ct C C t + t - - - CBt CBt Bt Bt | |
2534 | 2O Ct - Ct C C t t + - - - CBt CBt Bt Bt | |
2535 | 3 [Q] p [Q] [Q] [Q] Q Q Q + . . [Q] [Q] Q Q | |
2536 | 3T [Qt] p [Qt][Q] [Q] Qt Qt Qt t + t [Qt][Qt] Qt Qt | |
2537 | 3O [Qt] p [Qt][Q] [Q] Qt Qt Qt t t + [Qt][Qt] Qt Qt | |
2538 | 4A lA G A T T GA GT GT GA GT GT + BA G GBA | |
2539 | 4O lA GBA A T T GA GT GT GA GT GT BA + GBA G | |
2540 | 6A CA PA CA C C A T tT PA P P C CBA + BA | |
2541 | 6O CA PBA CA C C A tT T PA P P CBA C BA + | |
2542 | ||
2543 | Within the matrix, | |
2544 | "+" identifies entries where 'from' and 'to' are the same. | |
2545 | "-" means the transformation is not supported. | |
2546 | "." means nothing is necessary (a tRNS chunk can just be ignored). | |
2547 | "t" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_tRNS. | |
2548 | "A" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_add_alpha(). | |
2549 | "X" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_expand(). | |
2550 | "1" means the transformation is obtained by | |
2551 | png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() (and by png_set_expand() if there | |
2552 | is no transparency in the original or the final format). | |
2553 | "C" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_gray_to_rgb(). | |
2554 | "G" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_rgb_to_gray(). | |
2555 | "P" means the transformation is obtained by | |
2556 | png_set_expand_palette_to_rgb(). | |
2557 | "p" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_packing(). | |
2558 | "Q" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_quantize(). | |
2559 | "T" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(). | |
2560 | "B" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_background(), or | |
2561 | png_strip_alpha(). | |
2562 | ||
2563 | When an entry has multiple transforms listed all are required to cause the | |
2564 | right overall transformation. When two transforms are separated by a comma | |
2565 | either will do the job. When transforms are enclosed in [] the transform should | |
2566 | do the job but this is currently unimplemented - a different format will result | |
2567 | if the suggested transformations are used. | |
2568 | ||
2569 | In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image | |
2570 | is the level of opacity. If you need the alpha channel in an image to | |
2571 | be the level of transparency instead of opacity, you can invert the | |
2572 | alpha channel (or the tRNS chunk data) after it's read, so that 0 is | |
2573 | fully opaque and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535 (in 16-bit | |
2574 | images) is fully transparent, with | |
2575 | ||
2576 | png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr); | |
2577 | ||
2578 | PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as | |
2579 | they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit | |
2580 | files. This code expands to 1 pixel per byte without changing the | |
2581 | values of the pixels: | |
2582 | ||
2583 | if (bit_depth < 8) | |
2584 | png_set_packing(png_ptr); | |
2585 | ||
2586 | PNG files have possible bit depths of 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16. All pixels | |
2587 | stored in a PNG image have been "scaled" or "shifted" up to the next | |
2588 | higher possible bit depth (e.g. from 5 bits/sample in the range [0,31] | |
2589 | to 8 bits/sample in the range [0, 255]). However, it is also possible | |
2590 | to convert the PNG pixel data back to the original bit depth of the | |
2591 | image. This call reduces the pixels back down to the original bit depth: | |
2592 | ||
2593 | png_color_8p sig_bit; | |
2594 | ||
2595 | if (png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit)) | |
2596 | png_set_shift(png_ptr, sig_bit); | |
2597 | ||
2598 | PNG files store 3-color pixels in red, green, blue order. This code | |
2599 | changes the storage of the pixels to blue, green, red: | |
2600 | ||
2601 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || | |
2602 | color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA) | |
2603 | png_set_bgr(png_ptr); | |
2604 | ||
2605 | PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code expands them | |
2606 | into 4 or 8 bytes for windowing systems that need them in this format: | |
2607 | ||
2608 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB) | |
2609 | png_set_filler(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE); | |
2610 | ||
2611 | where "filler" is the 8 or 16-bit number to fill with, and the location is | |
2612 | either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether | |
2613 | you want the filler before the RGB or after. This transformation | |
2614 | does not affect images that already have full alpha channels. To add an | |
2615 | opaque alpha channel, use filler=0xff or 0xffff and PNG_FILLER_AFTER which | |
2616 | will generate RGBA pixels. | |
2617 | ||
2618 | Note that png_set_filler() does not change the color type. If you want | |
2619 | to do that, you can add a true alpha channel with | |
2620 | ||
2621 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || | |
2622 | color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) | |
2623 | png_set_add_alpha(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_AFTER); | |
2624 | ||
2625 | where "filler" contains the alpha value to assign to each pixel. | |
2626 | This function was added in libpng-1.2.7. | |
2627 | ||
2628 | If you are reading an image with an alpha channel, and you need the | |
2629 | data as ARGB instead of the normal PNG format RGBA: | |
2630 | ||
2631 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA) | |
2632 | png_set_swap_alpha(png_ptr); | |
2633 | ||
2634 | For some uses, you may want a grayscale image to be represented as | |
2635 | RGB. This code will do that conversion: | |
2636 | ||
2637 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY || | |
2638 | color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA) | |
2639 | png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr); | |
2640 | ||
2641 | Conversely, you can convert an RGB or RGBA image to grayscale or grayscale | |
2642 | with alpha. | |
2643 | ||
2644 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || | |
2645 | color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA) | |
2646 | png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_ptr, error_action, double red_weight, | |
2647 | double green_weight); | |
2648 | ||
2649 | error_action = 1: silently do the conversion | |
2650 | ||
2651 | error_action = 2: issue a warning if the original | |
2652 | image has any pixel where | |
2653 | red != green or red != blue | |
2654 | ||
2655 | error_action = 3: issue an error and abort the | |
2656 | conversion if the original | |
2657 | image has any pixel where | |
2658 | red != green or red != blue | |
2659 | ||
2660 | red_weight: weight of red component | |
2661 | ||
2662 | green_weight: weight of green component | |
2663 | If either weight is negative, default | |
2664 | weights are used. | |
2665 | ||
2666 | In the corresponding fixed point API the red_weight and green_weight values are | |
2667 | simply scaled by 100,000: | |
2668 | ||
2669 | png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_ptr, error_action, png_fixed_point red_weight, | |
2670 | png_fixed_point green_weight); | |
2671 | ||
2672 | If you have set error_action = 1 or 2, you can | |
2673 | later check whether the image really was gray, after processing | |
2674 | the image rows, with the png_get_rgb_to_gray_status(png_ptr) function. | |
2675 | It will return a png_byte that is zero if the image was gray or | |
2676 | 1 if there were any non-gray pixels. Background and sBIT data | |
2677 | will be silently converted to grayscale, using the green channel | |
2678 | data for sBIT, regardless of the error_action setting. | |
2679 | ||
2680 | The default values come from the PNG file cHRM chunk if present; otherwise, the | |
2681 | defaults correspond to the ITU-R recommendation 709, and also the sRGB color | |
2682 | space, as recommended in the Charles Poynton's Colour FAQ, | |
2683 | <http://www.poynton.com/>, in section 9: | |
2684 | ||
2685 | <http://www.poynton.com/notes/colour_and_gamma/ColorFAQ.html#RTFToC9> | |
2686 | ||
2687 | Y = 0.2126 * R + 0.7152 * G + 0.0722 * B | |
2688 | ||
2689 | Previous versions of this document, 1998 through 2002, recommended a slightly | |
2690 | different formula: | |
2691 | ||
2692 | Y = 0.212671 * R + 0.715160 * G + 0.072169 * B | |
2693 | ||
2694 | Libpng uses an integer approximation: | |
2695 | ||
2696 | Y = (6968 * R + 23434 * G + 2366 * B)/32768 | |
2697 | ||
2698 | The calculation is done in a linear colorspace, if the image gamma | |
2699 | can be determined. | |
2700 | ||
2701 | The png_set_background() function has been described already; it tells libpng to | |
2702 | composite images with alpha or simple transparency against the supplied | |
2703 | background color. For compatibility with versions of libpng earlier than | |
2704 | libpng-1.5.4 it is recommended that you call the function after reading the file | |
2705 | header, even if you don't want to use the color in a bKGD chunk, if one exists. | |
2706 | ||
2707 | If the PNG file contains a bKGD chunk (PNG_INFO_bKGD valid), | |
2708 | you may use this color, or supply another color more suitable for | |
2709 | the current display (e.g., the background color from a web page). You | |
2710 | need to tell libpng how the color is represented, both the format of the | |
2711 | component values in the color (the number of bits) and the gamma encoding of the | |
2712 | color. The function takes two arguments, background_gamma_mode and need_expand | |
2713 | to convey this information, however only two combinations are likely to be | |
2714 | useful: | |
2715 | ||
2716 | png_color_16 my_background; | |
2717 | png_color_16p image_background; | |
2718 | ||
2719 | if (png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &image_background)) | |
2720 | png_set_background(png_ptr, image_background, | |
2721 | PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE, 1/*needs to be expanded*/, 1); | |
2722 | else | |
2723 | png_set_background(png_ptr, &my_background, | |
2724 | PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0/*do not expand*/, 1); | |
2725 | ||
2726 | The second call was described above - my_background is in the format of the | |
2727 | final, display, output produced by libpng. Because you now know the format of | |
2728 | the PNG it is possible to avoid the need to choose either 8-bit or 16-bit | |
2729 | output and to retain palette images (the palette colors will be modified | |
2730 | appropriately and the tRNS chunk removed.) However, if you are doing this, | |
2731 | take great care not to ask for transformations without checking first that | |
2732 | they apply! | |
2733 | ||
2734 | In the first call the background color has the original bit depth and color type | |
2735 | of the PNG file. So, for palette images the color is supplied as a palette | |
2736 | index and for low bit greyscale images the color is a reduced bit value in | |
2737 | image_background->gray. | |
2738 | ||
2739 | If you didn't call png_set_gamma() before reading the file header, for example | |
2740 | if you need your code to remain compatible with older versions of libpng prior | |
2741 | to libpng-1.5.4, this is the place to call it. | |
2742 | ||
2743 | Do not call it if you called png_set_alpha_mode(); doing so will damage the | |
2744 | settings put in place by png_set_alpha_mode(). (If png_set_alpha_mode() is | |
2745 | supported then you can certainly do png_set_gamma() before reading the PNG | |
2746 | header.) | |
2747 | ||
2748 | This API unconditionally sets the screen and file gamma values, so it will | |
2749 | override the value in the PNG file unless it is called before the PNG file | |
2750 | reading starts. For this reason you must always call it with the PNG file | |
2751 | value when you call it in this position: | |
2752 | ||
2753 | if (png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &file_gamma)) | |
2754 | png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, file_gamma); | |
2755 | ||
2756 | else | |
2757 | png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 0.45455); | |
2758 | ||
2759 | If you need to reduce an RGB file to a paletted file, or if a paletted | |
2760 | file has more entries then will fit on your screen, png_set_quantize() | |
2761 | will do that. Note that this is a simple match quantization that merely | |
2762 | finds the closest color available. This should work fairly well with | |
2763 | optimized palettes, but fairly badly with linear color cubes. If you | |
2764 | pass a palette that is larger than maximum_colors, the file will | |
2765 | reduce the number of colors in the palette so it will fit into | |
2766 | maximum_colors. If there is a histogram, libpng will use it to make | |
2767 | more intelligent choices when reducing the palette. If there is no | |
2768 | histogram, it may not do as good a job. | |
2769 | ||
2770 | if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) | |
2771 | { | |
2772 | if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, | |
2773 | PNG_INFO_PLTE)) | |
2774 | { | |
2775 | png_uint_16p histogram = NULL; | |
2776 | ||
2777 | png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, | |
2778 | &histogram); | |
2779 | png_set_quantize(png_ptr, palette, num_palette, | |
2780 | max_screen_colors, histogram, 1); | |
2781 | } | |
2782 | ||
2783 | else | |
2784 | { | |
2785 | png_color std_color_cube[MAX_SCREEN_COLORS] = | |
2786 | { ... colors ... }; | |
2787 | ||
2788 | png_set_quantize(png_ptr, std_color_cube, | |
2789 | MAX_SCREEN_COLORS, MAX_SCREEN_COLORS, | |
2790 | NULL,0); | |
2791 | } | |
2792 | } | |
2793 | ||
2794 | PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being one. | |
2795 | The following code will reverse this (make black be one and white be | |
2796 | zero): | |
2797 | ||
2798 | if (bit_depth == 1 && color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) | |
2799 | png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr); | |
2800 | ||
2801 | This function can also be used to invert grayscale and gray-alpha images: | |
2802 | ||
2803 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY || | |
2804 | color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA) | |
2805 | png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr); | |
2806 | ||
2807 | PNG files store 16-bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian, | |
2808 | ie. most significant bits first). This code changes the storage to the | |
2809 | other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits first, the | |
2810 | way PCs store them): | |
2811 | ||
2812 | if (bit_depth == 16) | |
2813 | png_set_swap(png_ptr); | |
2814 | ||
2815 | If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you | |
2816 | need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use: | |
2817 | ||
2818 | if (bit_depth < 8) | |
2819 | png_set_packswap(png_ptr); | |
2820 | ||
2821 | Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of | |
2822 | the existing ones meets your needs. This is done by setting a callback | |
2823 | with | |
2824 | ||
2825 | png_set_read_user_transform_fn(png_ptr, | |
2826 | read_transform_fn); | |
2827 | ||
2828 | You must supply the function | |
2829 | ||
2830 | void read_transform_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_row_infop | |
2831 | row_info, png_bytep data) | |
2832 | ||
2833 | See pngtest.c for a working example. Your function will be called | |
2834 | after all of the other transformations have been processed. Take care with | |
2835 | interlaced images if you do the interlace yourself - the width of the row is the | |
2836 | width in 'row_info', not the overall image width. | |
2837 | ||
2838 | If supported, libpng provides two information routines that you can use to find | |
2839 | where you are in processing the image: | |
2840 | ||
2841 | png_get_current_pass_number(png_structp png_ptr); | |
2842 | png_get_current_row_number(png_structp png_ptr); | |
2843 | ||
2844 | Don't try using these outside a transform callback - firstly they are only | |
2845 | supported if user transforms are supported, secondly they may well return | |
2846 | unexpected results unless the row is actually being processed at the moment they | |
2847 | are called. | |
2848 | ||
2849 | With interlaced | |
2850 | images the value returned is the row in the input sub-image image. Use | |
2851 | PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to | |
2852 | find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel (row,col,pass). | |
2853 | ||
2854 | The discussion of interlace handling above contains more information on how to | |
2855 | use these values. | |
2856 | ||
2857 | You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your | |
2858 | callback function, and you can inform libpng that your transform | |
2859 | function will change the number of channels or bit depth with the | |
2860 | function | |
2861 | ||
2862 | png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr, | |
2863 | user_depth, user_channels); | |
2864 | ||
2865 | The user's application, not libpng, is responsible for allocating and | |
2866 | freeing any memory required for the user structure. | |
2867 | ||
2868 | You can retrieve the pointer via the function | |
2869 | png_get_user_transform_ptr(). For example: | |
2870 | ||
2871 | voidp read_user_transform_ptr = | |
2872 | png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr); | |
2873 | ||
2874 | The last thing to handle is interlacing; this is covered in detail below, | |
2875 | but you must call the function here if you want libpng to handle expansion | |
2876 | of the interlaced image. | |
2877 | ||
2878 | number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr); | |
2879 | ||
2880 | After setting the transformations, libpng can update your png_info | |
2881 | structure to reflect any transformations you've requested with this | |
2882 | call. | |
2883 | ||
2884 | png_read_update_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); | |
2885 | ||
2886 | This is most useful to update the info structure's rowbytes | |
2887 | field so you can use it to allocate your image memory. This function | |
2888 | will also update your palette with the correct screen_gamma and | |
2889 | background if these have been given with the calls above. You may | |
2890 | only call png_read_update_info() once with a particular info_ptr. | |
2891 | ||
2892 | After you call png_read_update_info(), you can allocate any | |
2893 | memory you need to hold the image. The row data is simply | |
2894 | raw byte data for all forms of images. As the actual allocation | |
2895 | varies among applications, no example will be given. If you | |
2896 | are allocating one large chunk, you will need to build an | |
2897 | array of pointers to each row, as it will be needed for some | |
2898 | of the functions below. | |
2899 | ||
2900 | Remember: Before you call png_read_update_info(), the png_get_*() | |
2901 | functions return the values corresponding to the original PNG image. | |
2902 | After you call png_read_update_info the values refer to the image | |
2903 | that libpng will output. Consequently you must call all the png_set_ | |
2904 | functions before you call png_read_update_info(). This is particularly | |
2905 | important for png_set_interlace_handling() - if you are going to call | |
2906 | png_read_update_info() you must call png_set_interlace_handling() before | |
2907 | it unless you want to receive interlaced output. | |
2908 | ||
2909 | .SS Reading image data | |
2910 | ||
2911 | After you've allocated memory, you can read the image data. | |
2912 | The simplest way to do this is in one function call. If you are | |
2913 | allocating enough memory to hold the whole image, you can just | |
2914 | call png_read_image() and libpng will read in all the image data | |
2915 | and put it in the memory area supplied. You will need to pass in | |
2916 | an array of pointers to each row. | |
2917 | ||
2918 | This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't | |
2919 | need to call png_set_interlace_handling() (unless you call | |
2920 | png_read_update_info()) or call this function multiple times, or any | |
2921 | of that other stuff necessary with png_read_rows(). | |
2922 | ||
2923 | png_read_image(png_ptr, row_pointers); | |
2924 | ||
2925 | where row_pointers is: | |
2926 | ||
2927 | png_bytep row_pointers[height]; | |
2928 | ||
2929 | You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels. | |
2930 | ||
2931 | If you don't want to read in the whole image at once, you can | |
2932 | use png_read_rows() instead. If there is no interlacing (check | |
2933 | interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_NONE), this is simple: | |
2934 | ||
2935 | png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL, | |
2936 | number_of_rows); | |
2937 | ||
2938 | where row_pointers is the same as in the png_read_image() call. | |
2939 | ||
2940 | If you are doing this just one row at a time, you can do this with | |
2941 | a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers: | |
2942 | ||
2943 | png_bytep row_pointer = row; | |
2944 | png_read_row(png_ptr, row_pointer, NULL); | |
2945 | ||
2946 | If the file is interlaced (interlace_type != 0 in the IHDR chunk), things | |
2947 | get somewhat harder. The only current (PNG Specification version 1.2) | |
2948 | interlacing type for PNG is (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7); | |
2949 | a somewhat complicated 2D interlace scheme, known as Adam7, that | |
2950 | breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying size, based | |
2951 | on an 8x8 grid. This number is defined (from libpng 1.5) as | |
2952 | PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES in png.h | |
2953 | ||
2954 | libpng can fill out those images or it can give them to you "as is". | |
2955 | It is almost always better to have libpng handle the interlacing for you. | |
2956 | If you want the images filled out, there are two ways to do that. The one | |
2957 | mentioned in the PNG specification is to expand each pixel to cover | |
2958 | those pixels that have not been read yet (the "rectangle" method). | |
2959 | This results in a blocky image for the first pass, which gradually | |
2960 | smooths out as more pixels are read. The other method is the "sparkle" | |
2961 | method, where pixels are drawn only in their final locations, with the | |
2962 | rest of the image remaining whatever colors they were initialized to | |
2963 | before the start of the read. The first method usually looks better, | |
2964 | but tends to be slower, as there are more pixels to put in the rows. | |
2965 | ||
2966 | If, as is likely, you want libpng to expand the images, call this before | |
2967 | calling png_start_read_image() or png_read_update_info(): | |
2968 | ||
2969 | if (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7) | |
2970 | number_of_passes | |
2971 | = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr); | |
2972 | ||
2973 | This will return the number of passes needed. Currently, this is seven, | |
2974 | but may change if another interlace type is added. This function can be | |
2975 | called even if the file is not interlaced, where it will return one pass. | |
2976 | You then need to read the whole image 'number_of_passes' times. Each time | |
2977 | will distribute the pixels from the current pass to the correct place in | |
2978 | the output image, so you need to supply the same rows to png_read_rows in | |
2979 | each pass. | |
2980 | ||
2981 | If you are not going to display the image after each pass, but are | |
2982 | going to wait until the entire image is read in, use the sparkle | |
2983 | effect. This effect is faster and the end result of either method | |
2984 | is exactly the same. If you are planning on displaying the image | |
2985 | after each pass, the "rectangle" effect is generally considered the | |
2986 | better looking one. | |
2987 | ||
2988 | If you only want the "sparkle" effect, just call png_read_rows() as | |
2989 | normal, with the third parameter NULL. Make sure you make pass over | |
2990 | the image number_of_passes times, and you don't change the data in the | |
2991 | rows between calls. You can change the locations of the data, just | |
2992 | not the data. Each pass only writes the pixels appropriate for that | |
2993 | pass, and assumes the data from previous passes is still valid. | |
2994 | ||
2995 | png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL, | |
2996 | number_of_rows); | |
2997 | ||
2998 | If you only want the first effect (the rectangles), do the same as | |
2999 | before except pass the row buffer in the third parameter, and leave | |
3000 | the second parameter NULL. | |
3001 | ||
3002 | png_read_rows(png_ptr, NULL, row_pointers, | |
3003 | number_of_rows); | |
3004 | ||
3005 | If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just call | |
3006 | png_read_rows() PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES times to read in all the images. | |
3007 | Each of the images is a valid image by itself, however you will almost | |
3008 | certainly need to distribute the pixels from each sub-image to the | |
3009 | correct place. This is where everything gets very tricky. | |
3010 | ||
3011 | If you want to retrieve the separate images you must pass the correct | |
3012 | number of rows to each successive call of png_read_rows(). The calculation | |
3013 | gets pretty complicated for small images, where some sub-images may | |
3014 | not even exist because either their width or height ends up zero. | |
3015 | libpng provides two macros to help you in 1.5 and later versions: | |
3016 | ||
3017 | png_uint_32 width = PNG_PASS_COLS(image_width, pass_number); | |
3018 | png_uint_32 height = PNG_PASS_ROWS(image_height, pass_number); | |
3019 | ||
3020 | Respectively these tell you the width and height of the sub-image | |
3021 | corresponding to the numbered pass. 'pass' is in in the range 0 to 6 - | |
3022 | this can be confusing because the specification refers to the same passes | |
3023 | as 1 to 7! Be careful, you must check both the width and height before | |
3024 | calling png_read_rows() and not call it for that pass if either is zero. | |
3025 | ||
3026 | You can, of course, read each sub-image row by row. If you want to | |
3027 | produce optimal code to make a pixel-by-pixel transformation of an | |
3028 | interlaced image this is the best approach; read each row of each pass, | |
3029 | transform it, and write it out to a new interlaced image. | |
3030 | ||
3031 | If you want to de-interlace the image yourself libpng provides further | |
3032 | macros to help that tell you where to place the pixels in the output image. | |
3033 | Because the interlacing scheme is rectangular - sub-image pixels are always | |
3034 | arranged on a rectangular grid - all you need to know for each pass is the | |
3035 | starting column and row in the output image of the first pixel plus the | |
3036 | spacing between each pixel. As of libpng 1.5 there are four macros to | |
3037 | retrieve this information: | |
3038 | ||
3039 | png_uint_32 x = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass); | |
3040 | png_uint_32 y = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass); | |
3041 | png_uint_32 xStep = 1U << PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass); | |
3042 | png_uint_32 yStep = 1U << PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass); | |
3043 | ||
3044 | These allow you to write the obvious loop: | |
3045 | ||
3046 | png_uint_32 input_y = 0; | |
3047 | png_uint_32 output_y = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass); | |
3048 | ||
3049 | while (output_y < output_image_height) | |
3050 | { | |
3051 | png_uint_32 input_x = 0; | |
3052 | png_uint_32 output_x = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass); | |
3053 | ||
3054 | while (output_x < output_image_width) | |
3055 | { | |
3056 | image[output_y][output_x] = | |
3057 | subimage[pass][input_y][input_x++]; | |
3058 | ||
3059 | output_x += xStep; | |
3060 | } | |
3061 | ||
3062 | ++input_y; | |
3063 | output_y += yStep; | |
3064 | } | |
3065 | ||
3066 | Notice that the steps between successive output rows and columns are | |
3067 | returned as shifts. This is possible because the pixels in the subimages | |
3068 | are always a power of 2 apart - 1, 2, 4 or 8 pixels - in the original | |
3069 | image. In practice you may need to directly calculate the output coordinate | |
3070 | given an input coordinate. libpng provides two further macros for this | |
3071 | purpose: | |
3072 | ||
3073 | png_uint_32 output_x = PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(input_x, pass); | |
3074 | png_uint_32 output_y = PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(input_y, pass); | |
3075 | ||
3076 | Finally a pair of macros are provided to tell you if a particular image | |
3077 | row or column appears in a given pass: | |
3078 | ||
3079 | int col_in_pass = PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(output_x, pass); | |
3080 | int row_in_pass = PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(output_y, pass); | |
3081 | ||
3082 | Bear in mind that you will probably also need to check the width and height | |
3083 | of the pass in addition to the above to be sure the pass even exists! | |
3084 | ||
3085 | With any luck you are convinced by now that you don't want to do your own | |
3086 | interlace handling. In reality normally the only good reason for doing this | |
3087 | is if you are processing PNG files on a pixel-by-pixel basis and don't want | |
3088 | to load the whole file into memory when it is interlaced. | |
3089 | ||
3090 | libpng includes a test program, pngvalid, that illustrates reading and | |
3091 | writing of interlaced images. If you can't get interlacing to work in your | |
3092 | code and don't want to leave it to libpng (the recommended approach), see | |
3093 | how pngvalid.c does it. | |
3094 | ||
3095 | .SS Finishing a sequential read | |
3096 | ||
3097 | After you are finished reading the image through the | |
3098 | low-level interface, you can finish reading the file. If you are | |
3099 | interested in comments or time, which may be stored either before or | |
3100 | after the image data, you should pass the separate png_info struct if | |
3101 | you want to keep the comments from before and after the image | |
3102 | separate. | |
3103 | ||
3104 | png_infop end_info = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); | |
3105 | ||
3106 | if (!end_info) | |
3107 | { | |
3108 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, | |
3109 | (png_infopp)NULL); | |
3110 | return (ERROR); | |
3111 | } | |
3112 | ||
3113 | png_read_end(png_ptr, end_info); | |
3114 | ||
3115 | If you are not interested, you should still call png_read_end() | |
3116 | but you can pass NULL, avoiding the need to create an end_info structure. | |
3117 | ||
3118 | png_read_end(png_ptr, (png_infop)NULL); | |
3119 | ||
3120 | If you don't call png_read_end(), then your file pointer will be | |
3121 | left pointing to the first chunk after the last IDAT, which is probably | |
3122 | not what you want if you expect to read something beyond the end of | |
3123 | the PNG datastream. | |
3124 | ||
3125 | When you are done, you can free all memory allocated by libpng like this: | |
3126 | ||
3127 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, | |
3128 | &end_info); | |
3129 | ||
3130 | or, if you didn't create an end_info structure, | |
3131 | ||
3132 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, | |
3133 | (png_infopp)NULL); | |
3134 | ||
3135 | It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that | |
3136 | point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function: | |
3137 | ||
3138 | png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq) | |
3139 | ||
3140 | mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask | |
3141 | containing the bitwise OR of one or | |
3142 | more of | |
3143 | PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS, | |
3144 | PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP, | |
3145 | PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS, | |
3146 | PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT, | |
3147 | PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN, | |
3148 | or simply PNG_FREE_ALL | |
3149 | ||
3150 | seq - sequence number of item to be freed | |
3151 | (-1 for all items) | |
3152 | ||
3153 | This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has | |
3154 | already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated | |
3155 | by the user and not by libpng, and will in those cases do nothing. | |
3156 | The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data | |
3157 | type, such as PLTE, is allowed. If "seq" is not -1, and multiple items | |
3158 | are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or | |
3159 | sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq". | |
3160 | ||
3161 | The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally | |
3162 | by libpng. This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data, | |
3163 | or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc() | |
3164 | or png_zalloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with | |
3165 | ||
3166 | png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask) | |
3167 | ||
3168 | freer - one of | |
3169 | PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA | |
3170 | PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA | |
3171 | PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA | |
3172 | ||
3173 | mask - which data elements are affected | |
3174 | same choices as in png_free_data() | |
3175 | ||
3176 | This function only affects data that has already been allocated. | |
3177 | You can call this function after reading the PNG data but before calling | |
3178 | any png_set_*() functions, to control whether the user or the png_set_*() | |
3179 | function is responsible for freeing any existing data that might be present, | |
3180 | and again after the png_set_*() functions to control whether the user | |
3181 | or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data. When the user assumes | |
3182 | responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the application must use | |
3183 | png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng | |
3184 | for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc() | |
3185 | or png_zalloc() to allocate it. | |
3186 | ||
3187 | If you allocated your row_pointers in a single block, as suggested above in | |
3188 | the description of the high level read interface, you must not transfer | |
3189 | responsibility for freeing it to the png_set_rows or png_read_destroy function, | |
3190 | because they would also try to free the individual row_pointers[i]. | |
3191 | ||
3192 | If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword | |
3193 | separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng, | |
3194 | because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with | |
3195 | the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key. Similarly, | |
3196 | if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your | |
3197 | application, your application must not separately free those members. | |
3198 | ||
3199 | The png_free_data() function will turn off the "valid" flag for anything | |
3200 | it frees. If you need to turn the flag off for a chunk that was freed by | |
3201 | your application instead of by libpng, you can use | |
3202 | ||
3203 | png_set_invalid(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask); | |
3204 | ||
3205 | mask - identifies the chunks to be made invalid, | |
3206 | containing the bitwise OR of one or | |
3207 | more of | |
3208 | PNG_INFO_gAMA, PNG_INFO_sBIT, | |
3209 | PNG_INFO_cHRM, PNG_INFO_PLTE, | |
3210 | PNG_INFO_tRNS, PNG_INFO_bKGD, | |
3211 | PNG_INFO_hIST, PNG_INFO_pHYs, | |
3212 | PNG_INFO_oFFs, PNG_INFO_tIME, | |
3213 | PNG_INFO_pCAL, PNG_INFO_sRGB, | |
3214 | PNG_INFO_iCCP, PNG_INFO_sPLT, | |
3215 | PNG_INFO_sCAL, PNG_INFO_IDAT | |
3216 | ||
3217 | For a more compact example of reading a PNG image, see the file example.c. | |
3218 | ||
3219 | .SS Reading PNG files progressively | |
3220 | ||
3221 | The progressive reader is slightly different then the non-progressive | |
3222 | reader. Instead of calling png_read_info(), png_read_rows(), and | |
3223 | png_read_end(), you make one call to png_process_data(), which calls | |
3224 | callbacks when it has the info, a row, or the end of the image. You | |
3225 | set up these callbacks with png_set_progressive_read_fn(). You don't | |
3226 | have to worry about the input/output functions of libpng, as you are | |
3227 | giving the library the data directly in png_process_data(). I will | |
3228 | assume that you have read the section on reading PNG files above, | |
3229 | so I will only highlight the differences (although I will show | |
3230 | all of the code). | |
3231 | ||
3232 | png_structp png_ptr; | |
3233 | png_infop info_ptr; | |
3234 | ||
3235 | /* An example code fragment of how you would | |
3236 | initialize the progressive reader in your | |
3237 | application. */ | |
3238 | int | |
3239 | initialize_png_reader() | |
3240 | { | |
3241 | png_ptr = png_create_read_struct | |
3242 | (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, | |
3243 | user_error_fn, user_warning_fn); | |
3244 | ||
3245 | if (!png_ptr) | |
3246 | return (ERROR); | |
3247 | ||
3248 | info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); | |
3249 | ||
3250 | if (!info_ptr) | |
3251 | { | |
3252 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, | |
3253 | (png_infopp)NULL, (png_infopp)NULL); | |
3254 | return (ERROR); | |
3255 | } | |
3256 | ||
3257 | if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) | |
3258 | { | |
3259 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, | |
3260 | (png_infopp)NULL); | |
3261 | return (ERROR); | |
3262 | } | |
3263 | ||
3264 | /* This one's new. You can provide functions | |
3265 | to be called when the header info is valid, | |
3266 | when each row is completed, and when the image | |
3267 | is finished. If you aren't using all functions, | |
3268 | you can specify NULL parameters. Even when all | |
3269 | three functions are NULL, you need to call | |
3270 | png_set_progressive_read_fn(). You can use | |
3271 | any struct as the user_ptr (cast to a void pointer | |
3272 | for the function call), and retrieve the pointer | |
3273 | from inside the callbacks using the function | |
3274 | ||
3275 | png_get_progressive_ptr(png_ptr); | |
3276 | ||
3277 | which will return a void pointer, which you have | |
3278 | to cast appropriately. | |
3279 | */ | |
3280 | png_set_progressive_read_fn(png_ptr, (void *)user_ptr, | |
3281 | info_callback, row_callback, end_callback); | |
3282 | ||
3283 | return 0; | |
3284 | } | |
3285 | ||
3286 | /* A code fragment that you call as you receive blocks | |
3287 | of data */ | |
3288 | int | |
3289 | process_data(png_bytep buffer, png_uint_32 length) | |
3290 | { | |
3291 | if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) | |
3292 | { | |
3293 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, | |
3294 | (png_infopp)NULL); | |
3295 | return (ERROR); | |
3296 | } | |
3297 | ||
3298 | /* This one's new also. Simply give it a chunk | |
3299 | of data from the file stream (in order, of | |
3300 | course). On machines with segmented memory | |
3301 | models machines, don't give it any more than | |
3302 | 64K. The library seems to run fine with sizes | |
3303 | of 4K. Although you can give it much less if | |
3304 | necessary (I assume you can give it chunks of | |
3305 | 1 byte, I haven't tried less then 256 bytes | |
3306 | yet). When this function returns, you may | |
3307 | want to display any rows that were generated | |
3308 | in the row callback if you don't already do | |
3309 | so there. | |
3310 | */ | |
3311 | png_process_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, buffer, length); | |
3312 | ||
3313 | /* At this point you can call png_process_data_skip if | |
3314 | you want to handle data the library will skip yourself; | |
3315 | it simply returns the number of bytes to skip (and stops | |
3316 | libpng skipping that number of bytes on the next | |
3317 | png_process_data call). | |
3318 | return 0; | |
3319 | } | |
3320 | ||
3321 | /* This function is called (as set by | |
3322 | png_set_progressive_read_fn() above) when enough data | |
3323 | has been supplied so all of the header has been | |
3324 | read. | |
3325 | */ | |
3326 | void | |
3327 | info_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info) | |
3328 | { | |
3329 | /* Do any setup here, including setting any of | |
3330 | the transformations mentioned in the Reading | |
3331 | PNG files section. For now, you _must_ call | |
3332 | either png_start_read_image() or | |
3333 | png_read_update_info() after all the | |
3334 | transformations are set (even if you don't set | |
3335 | any). You may start getting rows before | |
3336 | png_process_data() returns, so this is your | |
3337 | last chance to prepare for that. | |
3338 | ||
3339 | This is where you turn on interlace handling, | |
3340 | assuming you don't want to do it yourself. | |
3341 | ||
3342 | If you need to you can stop the processing of | |
3343 | your original input data at this point by calling | |
3344 | png_process_data_pause. This returns the number | |
3345 | of unprocessed bytes from the last png_process_data | |
3346 | call - it is up to you to ensure that the next call | |
3347 | sees these bytes again. If you don't want to bother | |
3348 | with this you can get libpng to cache the unread | |
3349 | bytes by setting the 'save' parameter (see png.h) but | |
3350 | then libpng will have to copy the data internally. | |
3351 | */ | |
3352 | } | |
3353 | ||
3354 | /* This function is called when each row of image | |
3355 | data is complete */ | |
3356 | void | |
3357 | row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep new_row, | |
3358 | png_uint_32 row_num, int pass) | |
3359 | { | |
3360 | /* If the image is interlaced, and you turned | |
3361 | on the interlace handler, this function will | |
3362 | be called for every row in every pass. Some | |
3363 | of these rows will not be changed from the | |
3364 | previous pass. When the row is not changed, | |
3365 | the new_row variable will be NULL. The rows | |
3366 | and passes are called in order, so you don't | |
3367 | really need the row_num and pass, but I'm | |
3368 | supplying them because it may make your life | |
3369 | easier. | |
3370 | ||
3371 | If you did not turn on interlace handling then | |
3372 | the callback is called for each row of each | |
3373 | sub-image when the image is interlaced. In this | |
3374 | case 'row_num' is the row in the sub-image, not | |
3375 | the row in the output image as it is in all other | |
3376 | cases. | |
3377 | ||
3378 | For the non-NULL rows of interlaced images when | |
3379 | you have switched on libpng interlace handling, | |
3380 | you must call png_progressive_combine_row() | |
3381 | passing in the row and the old row. You can | |
3382 | call this function for NULL rows (it will just | |
3383 | return) and for non-interlaced images (it just | |
3384 | does the memcpy for you) if it will make the | |
3385 | code easier. Thus, you can just do this for | |
3386 | all cases if you switch on interlace handling; | |
3387 | */ | |
3388 | ||
3389 | png_progressive_combine_row(png_ptr, old_row, | |
3390 | new_row); | |
3391 | ||
3392 | /* where old_row is what was displayed for | |
3393 | previously for the row. Note that the first | |
3394 | pass (pass == 0, really) will completely cover | |
3395 | the old row, so the rows do not have to be | |
3396 | initialized. After the first pass (and only | |
3397 | for interlaced images), you will have to pass | |
3398 | the current row, and the function will combine | |
3399 | the old row and the new row. | |
3400 | ||
3401 | You can also call png_process_data_pause in this | |
3402 | callback - see above. | |
3403 | */ | |
3404 | } | |
3405 | ||
3406 | void | |
3407 | end_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info) | |
3408 | { | |
3409 | /* This function is called after the whole image | |
3410 | has been read, including any chunks after the | |
3411 | image (up to and including the IEND). You | |
3412 | will usually have the same info chunk as you | |
3413 | had in the header, although some data may have | |
3414 | been added to the comments and time fields. | |
3415 | ||
3416 | Most people won't do much here, perhaps setting | |
3417 | a flag that marks the image as finished. | |
3418 | */ | |
3419 | } | |
3420 | ||
3421 | ||
3422 | ||
3423 | .SH IV. Writing | |
3424 | ||
3425 | Much of this is very similar to reading. However, everything of | |
3426 | importance is repeated here, so you won't have to constantly look | |
3427 | back up in the reading section to understand writing. | |
3428 | ||
3429 | .SS Setup | |
3430 | ||
3431 | You will want to do the I/O initialization before you get into libpng, | |
3432 | so if it doesn't work, you don't have anything to undo. If you are not | |
3433 | using the standard I/O functions, you will need to replace them with | |
3434 | custom writing functions. See the discussion under Customizing libpng. | |
3435 | ||
3436 | FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "wb"); | |
3437 | ||
3438 | if (!fp) | |
3439 | return (ERROR); | |
3440 | ||
3441 | Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized. | |
3442 | As these can be both relatively large, you may not want to store these | |
3443 | on the stack, unless you have stack space to spare. Of course, you | |
3444 | will want to check if they return NULL. If you are also reading, | |
3445 | you won't want to name your read structure and your write structure | |
3446 | both "png_ptr"; you can call them anything you like, such as | |
3447 | "read_ptr" and "write_ptr". Look at pngtest.c, for example. | |
3448 | ||
3449 | png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct | |
3450 | (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, | |
3451 | user_error_fn, user_warning_fn); | |
3452 | ||
3453 | if (!png_ptr) | |
3454 | return (ERROR); | |
3455 | ||
3456 | png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); | |
3457 | if (!info_ptr) | |
3458 | { | |
3459 | png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, | |
3460 | (png_infopp)NULL); | |
3461 | return (ERROR); | |
3462 | } | |
3463 | ||
3464 | If you want to use your own memory allocation routines, | |
3465 | define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED and use | |
3466 | png_create_write_struct_2() instead of png_create_write_struct(): | |
3467 | ||
3468 | png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct_2 | |
3469 | (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, | |
3470 | user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp) | |
3471 | user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn); | |
3472 | ||
3473 | After you have these structures, you will need to set up the | |
3474 | error handling. When libpng encounters an error, it expects to | |
3475 | longjmp() back to your routine. Therefore, you will need to call | |
3476 | setjmp() and pass the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr). If you | |
3477 | write the file from different routines, you will need to update | |
3478 | the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) every time you enter a new routine that will | |
3479 | call a png_*() function. See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp | |
3480 | for your compiler for more information on setjmp/longjmp. See | |
3481 | the discussion on libpng error handling in the Customizing Libpng | |
3482 | section below for more information on the libpng error handling. | |
3483 | ||
3484 | if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) | |
3485 | { | |
3486 | png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr); | |
3487 | fclose(fp); | |
3488 | return (ERROR); | |
3489 | } | |
3490 | ... | |
3491 | return; | |
3492 | ||
3493 | If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues, | |
3494 | you can compile libpng with PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case | |
3495 | errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort(). | |
3496 | ||
3497 | You can #define PNG_ABORT() to a function that does something | |
3498 | more useful than abort(), as long as your function does not | |
3499 | return. | |
3500 | ||
3501 | Now you need to set up the output code. The default for libpng is to | |
3502 | use the C function fwrite(). If you use this, you will need to pass a | |
3503 | valid FILE * in the function png_init_io(). Be sure that the file is | |
3504 | opened in binary mode. Again, if you wish to handle writing data in | |
3505 | another way, see the discussion on libpng I/O handling in the Customizing | |
3506 | Libpng section below. | |
3507 | ||
3508 | png_init_io(png_ptr, fp); | |
3509 | ||
3510 | If you are embedding your PNG into a datastream such as MNG, and don't | |
3511 | want libpng to write the 8-byte signature, or if you have already | |
3512 | written the signature in your application, use | |
3513 | ||
3514 | png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, 8); | |
3515 | ||
3516 | to inform libpng that it should not write a signature. | |
3517 | ||
3518 | .SS Write callbacks | |
3519 | ||
3520 | At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be | |
3521 | called after each row has been written, which you can use to control | |
3522 | a progress meter or the like. It's demonstrated in pngtest.c. | |
3523 | You must supply a function | |
3524 | ||
3525 | void write_row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 row, | |
3526 | int pass); | |
3527 | { | |
3528 | /* put your code here */ | |
3529 | } | |
3530 | ||
3531 | (You can give it another name that you like instead of "write_row_callback") | |
3532 | ||
3533 | To inform libpng about your function, use | |
3534 | ||
3535 | png_set_write_status_fn(png_ptr, write_row_callback); | |
3536 | ||
3537 | When this function is called the row has already been completely processed and | |
3538 | it has also been written out. The 'row' and 'pass' refer to the next row to be | |
3539 | handled. For the | |
3540 | non-interlaced case the row that was just handled is simply one less than the | |
3541 | passed in row number, and pass will always be 0. For the interlaced case the | |
3542 | same applies unless the row value is 0, in which case the row just handled was | |
3543 | the last one from one of the preceding passes. Because interlacing may skip a | |
3544 | pass you cannot be sure that the preceding pass is just 'pass-1', if you really | |
3545 | need to know what the last pass is record (row,pass) from the callback and use | |
3546 | the last recorded value each time. | |
3547 | ||
3548 | As with the user transform you can find the output row using the | |
3549 | PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW macro. | |
3550 | ||
3551 | You now have the option of modifying how the compression library will | |
3552 | run. The following functions are mainly for testing, but may be useful | |
3553 | in some cases, like if you need to write PNG files extremely fast and | |
3554 | are willing to give up some compression, or if you want to get the | |
3555 | maximum possible compression at the expense of slower writing. If you | |
3556 | have no special needs in this area, let the library do what it wants by | |
3557 | not calling this function at all, as it has been tuned to deliver a good | |
3558 | speed/compression ratio. The second parameter to png_set_filter() is | |
3559 | the filter method, for which the only valid values are 0 (as of the | |
3560 | July 1999 PNG specification, version 1.2) or 64 (if you are writing | |
3561 | a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG datastream). The third | |
3562 | parameter is a flag that indicates which filter type(s) are to be tested | |
3563 | for each scanline. See the PNG specification for details on the specific | |
3564 | filter types. | |
3565 | ||
3566 | ||
3567 | /* turn on or off filtering, and/or choose | |
3568 | specific filters. You can use either a single | |
3569 | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NAME or the bitwise OR of one | |
3570 | or more PNG_FILTER_NAME masks. | |
3571 | */ | |
3572 | png_set_filter(png_ptr, 0, | |
3573 | PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NONE | | |
3574 | PNG_FILTER_SUB | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_SUB | | |
3575 | PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_UP | | |
3576 | PNG_FILTER_AVG | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_AVG | | |
3577 | PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_PAETH| | |
3578 | PNG_ALL_FILTERS); | |
3579 | ||
3580 | If an application wants to start and stop using particular filters during | |
3581 | compression, it should start out with all of the filters (to ensure that | |
3582 | the previous row of pixels will be stored in case it's needed later), | |
3583 | and then add and remove them after the start of compression. | |
3584 | ||
3585 | If you are writing a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG | |
3586 | datastream, the second parameter can be either 0 or 64. | |
3587 | ||
3588 | The png_set_compression_*() functions interface to the zlib compression | |
3589 | library, and should mostly be ignored unless you really know what you are | |
3590 | doing. The only generally useful call is png_set_compression_level() | |
3591 | which changes how much time zlib spends on trying to compress the image | |
3592 | data. See the Compression Library (zlib.h and algorithm.txt, distributed | |
3593 | with zlib) for details on the compression levels. | |
3594 | ||
3595 | #include zlib.h | |
3596 | ||
3597 | /* Set the zlib compression level */ | |
3598 | png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, | |
3599 | Z_BEST_COMPRESSION); | |
3600 | ||
3601 | /* Set other zlib parameters for compressing IDAT */ | |
3602 | png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8); | |
3603 | png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr, | |
3604 | Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY); | |
3605 | png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15); | |
3606 | png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, 8); | |
3607 | png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, 8192) | |
3608 | ||
3609 | /* Set zlib parameters for text compression | |
3610 | * If you don't call these, the parameters | |
3611 | * fall back on those defined for IDAT chunks | |
3612 | */ | |
3613 | png_set_text_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8); | |
3614 | png_set_text_compression_strategy(png_ptr, | |
3615 | Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY); | |
3616 | png_set_text_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15); | |
3617 | png_set_text_compression_method(png_ptr, 8); | |
3618 | ||
3619 | .SS Setting the contents of info for output | |
3620 | ||
3621 | You now need to fill in the png_info structure with all the data you | |
3622 | wish to write before the actual image. Note that the only thing you | |
3623 | are allowed to write after the image is the text chunks and the time | |
3624 | chunk (as of PNG Specification 1.2, anyway). See png_write_end() and | |
3625 | the latest PNG specification for more information on that. If you | |
3626 | wish to write them before the image, fill them in now, and flag that | |
3627 | data as being valid. If you want to wait until after the data, don't | |
3628 | fill them until png_write_end(). For all the fields in png_info and | |
3629 | their data types, see png.h. For explanations of what the fields | |
3630 | contain, see the PNG specification. | |
3631 | ||
3632 | Some of the more important parts of the png_info are: | |
3633 | ||
3634 | png_set_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, width, height, | |
3635 | bit_depth, color_type, interlace_type, | |
3636 | compression_type, filter_method) | |
3637 | ||
3638 | width - holds the width of the image | |
3639 | in pixels (up to 2^31). | |
3640 | ||
3641 | height - holds the height of the image | |
3642 | in pixels (up to 2^31). | |
3643 | ||
3644 | bit_depth - holds the bit depth of one of the | |
3645 | image channels. | |
3646 | (valid values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 | |
3647 | and depend also on the | |
3648 | color_type. See also significant | |
3649 | bits (sBIT) below). | |
3650 | ||
3651 | color_type - describes which color/alpha | |
3652 | channels are present. | |
3653 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY | |
3654 | (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16) | |
3655 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA | |
3656 | (bit depths 8, 16) | |
3657 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE | |
3658 | (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8) | |
3659 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB | |
3660 | (bit_depths 8, 16) | |
3661 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA | |
3662 | (bit_depths 8, 16) | |
3663 | ||
3664 | PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE | |
3665 | PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR | |
3666 | PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA | |
3667 | ||
3668 | interlace_type - PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or | |
3669 | PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7 | |
3670 | ||
3671 | compression_type - (must be | |
3672 | PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT) | |
3673 | ||
3674 | filter_method - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT | |
3675 | or, if you are writing a PNG to | |
3676 | be embedded in a MNG datastream, | |
3677 | can also be | |
3678 | PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING) | |
3679 | ||
3680 | If you call png_set_IHDR(), the call must appear before any of the | |
3681 | other png_set_*() functions, because they might require access to some of | |
3682 | the IHDR settings. The remaining png_set_*() functions can be called | |
3683 | in any order. | |
3684 | ||
3685 | If you wish, you can reset the compression_type, interlace_type, or | |
3686 | filter_method later by calling png_set_IHDR() again; if you do this, the | |
3687 | width, height, bit_depth, and color_type must be the same in each call. | |
3688 | ||
3689 | png_set_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, palette, | |
3690 | num_palette); | |
3691 | ||
3692 | palette - the palette for the file | |
3693 | (array of png_color) | |
3694 | num_palette - number of entries in the palette | |
3695 | ||
3696 | png_set_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, file_gamma); | |
3697 | png_set_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_file_gamma); | |
3698 | ||
3699 | file_gamma - the gamma at which the image was | |
3700 | created (PNG_INFO_gAMA) | |
3701 | ||
3702 | int_file_gamma - 100,000 times the gamma at which | |
3703 | the image was created | |
3704 | ||
3705 | png_set_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr, white_x, white_y, red_x, red_y, | |
3706 | green_x, green_y, blue_x, blue_y) | |
3707 | png_set_cHRM_XYZ(png_ptr, info_ptr, red_X, red_Y, red_Z, green_X, | |
3708 | green_Y, green_Z, blue_X, blue_Y, blue_Z) | |
3709 | png_set_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_white_x, int_white_y, | |
3710 | int_red_x, int_red_y, int_green_x, int_green_y, | |
3711 | int_blue_x, int_blue_y) | |
3712 | png_set_cHRM_XYZ_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_red_X, int_red_Y, | |
3713 | int_red_Z, int_green_X, int_green_Y, int_green_Z, | |
3714 | int_blue_X, int_blue_Y, int_blue_Z) | |
3715 | ||
3716 | {white,red,green,blue}_{x,y} | |
3717 | A color space encoding specified using the chromaticities | |
3718 | of the end points and the white point. | |
3719 | ||
3720 | {red,green,blue}_{X,Y,Z} | |
3721 | A color space encoding specified using the encoding end | |
3722 | points - the CIE tristimulus specification of the intended | |
3723 | color of the red, green and blue channels in the PNG RGB | |
3724 | data. The white point is simply the sum of the three end | |
3725 | points. | |
3726 | ||
3727 | png_set_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, srgb_intent); | |
3728 | ||
3729 | srgb_intent - the rendering intent | |
3730 | (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of | |
3731 | the sRGB chunk means that the pixel | |
3732 | data is in the sRGB color space. | |
3733 | This chunk also implies specific | |
3734 | values of gAMA and cHRM. Rendering | |
3735 | intent is the CSS-1 property that | |
3736 | has been defined by the International | |
3737 | Color Consortium | |
3738 | (http://www.color.org). | |
3739 | It can be one of | |
3740 | PNG_sRGB_INTENT_SATURATION, | |
3741 | PNG_sRGB_INTENT_PERCEPTUAL, | |
3742 | PNG_sRGB_INTENT_ABSOLUTE, or | |
3743 | PNG_sRGB_INTENT_RELATIVE. | |
3744 | ||
3745 | ||
3746 | png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr, | |
3747 | srgb_intent); | |
3748 | ||
3749 | srgb_intent - the rendering intent | |
3750 | (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of the | |
3751 | sRGB chunk means that the pixel | |
3752 | data is in the sRGB color space. | |
3753 | This function also causes gAMA and | |
3754 | cHRM chunks with the specific values | |
3755 | that are consistent with sRGB to be | |
3756 | written. | |
3757 | ||
3758 | png_set_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, name, compression_type, | |
3759 | profile, proflen); | |
3760 | ||
3761 | name - The profile name. | |
3762 | ||
3763 | compression_type - The compression type; always | |
3764 | PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0. | |
3765 | You may give NULL to this argument to | |
3766 | ignore it. | |
3767 | ||
3768 | profile - International Color Consortium color | |
3769 | profile data. May contain NULs. | |
3770 | ||
3771 | proflen - length of profile data in bytes. | |
3772 | ||
3773 | png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, sig_bit); | |
3774 | ||
3775 | sig_bit - the number of significant bits for | |
3776 | (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray, red, | |
3777 | green, and blue channels, whichever are | |
3778 | appropriate for the given color type | |
3779 | (png_color_16) | |
3780 | ||
3781 | png_set_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, trans_alpha, | |
3782 | num_trans, trans_color); | |
3783 | ||
3784 | trans_alpha - array of alpha (transparency) | |
3785 | entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS) | |
3786 | ||
3787 | num_trans - number of transparent entries | |
3788 | (PNG_INFO_tRNS) | |
3789 | ||
3790 | trans_color - graylevel or color sample values | |
3791 | (in order red, green, blue) of the | |
3792 | single transparent color for | |
3793 | non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS) | |
3794 | ||
3795 | png_set_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, hist); | |
3796 | ||
3797 | hist - histogram of palette (array of | |
3798 | png_uint_16) (PNG_INFO_hIST) | |
3799 | ||
3800 | png_set_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, mod_time); | |
3801 | ||
3802 | mod_time - time image was last modified | |
3803 | (PNG_VALID_tIME) | |
3804 | ||
3805 | png_set_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, background); | |
3806 | ||
3807 | background - background color (of type | |
3808 | png_color_16p) (PNG_VALID_bKGD) | |
3809 | ||
3810 | png_set_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, text_ptr, num_text); | |
3811 | ||
3812 | text_ptr - array of png_text holding image | |
3813 | comments | |
3814 | ||
3815 | text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used | |
3816 | on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE | |
3817 | PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt | |
3818 | PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE | |
3819 | PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt | |
3820 | text_ptr[i].key - keyword for comment. Must contain | |
3821 | 1-79 characters. | |
3822 | text_ptr[i].text - text comments for current | |
3823 | keyword. Can be NULL or empty. | |
3824 | text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string, | |
3825 | after decompression, 0 for iTXt | |
3826 | text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string, | |
3827 | after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt | |
3828 | text_ptr[i].lang - language of comment (NULL or | |
3829 | empty for unknown). | |
3830 | text_ptr[i].translated_keyword - keyword in UTF-8 (NULL | |
3831 | or empty for unknown). | |
3832 | ||
3833 | Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key | |
3834 | members of the text_ptr structure only exist when the | |
3835 | library is built with iTXt chunk support. Prior to | |
3836 | libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by default without | |
3837 | iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt is supported, | |
3838 | they contain NULL pointers when the "compression" | |
3839 | field contains PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or | |
3840 | PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt. | |
3841 | ||
3842 | num_text - number of comments | |
3843 | ||
3844 | png_set_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette_ptr, | |
3845 | num_spalettes); | |
3846 | ||
3847 | palette_ptr - array of png_sPLT_struct structures | |
3848 | to be added to the list of palettes | |
3849 | in the info structure. | |
3850 | num_spalettes - number of palette structures to be | |
3851 | added. | |
3852 | ||
3853 | png_set_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, offset_x, offset_y, | |
3854 | unit_type); | |
3855 | ||
3856 | offset_x - positive offset from the left | |
3857 | edge of the screen | |
3858 | ||
3859 | offset_y - positive offset from the top | |
3860 | edge of the screen | |
3861 | ||
3862 | unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER | |
3863 | ||
3864 | png_set_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, res_x, res_y, | |
3865 | unit_type); | |
3866 | ||
3867 | res_x - pixels/unit physical resolution | |
3868 | in x direction | |
3869 | ||
3870 | res_y - pixels/unit physical resolution | |
3871 | in y direction | |
3872 | ||
3873 | unit_type - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN, | |
3874 | PNG_RESOLUTION_METER | |
3875 | ||
3876 | png_set_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height) | |
3877 | ||
3878 | unit - physical scale units (an integer) | |
3879 | ||
3880 | width - width of a pixel in physical scale units | |
3881 | ||
3882 | height - height of a pixel in physical scale units | |
3883 | (width and height are doubles) | |
3884 | ||
3885 | png_set_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height) | |
3886 | ||
3887 | unit - physical scale units (an integer) | |
3888 | ||
3889 | width - width of a pixel in physical scale units | |
3890 | expressed as a string | |
3891 | ||
3892 | height - height of a pixel in physical scale units | |
3893 | (width and height are strings like "2.54") | |
3894 | ||
3895 | png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unknowns, | |
3896 | num_unknowns) | |
3897 | ||
3898 | unknowns - array of png_unknown_chunk | |
3899 | structures holding unknown chunks | |
3900 | unknowns[i].name - name of unknown chunk | |
3901 | unknowns[i].data - data of unknown chunk | |
3902 | unknowns[i].size - size of unknown chunk's data | |
3903 | unknowns[i].location - position to write chunk in file | |
3904 | 0: do not write chunk | |
3905 | PNG_HAVE_IHDR: before PLTE | |
3906 | PNG_HAVE_PLTE: before IDAT | |
3907 | PNG_AFTER_IDAT: after IDAT | |
3908 | ||
3909 | The "location" member is set automatically according to | |
3910 | what part of the output file has already been written. | |
3911 | You can change its value after calling png_set_unknown_chunks() | |
3912 | as demonstrated in pngtest.c. Within each of the "locations", | |
3913 | the chunks are sequenced according to their position in the | |
3914 | structure (that is, the value of "i", which is the order in which | |
3915 | the chunk was either read from the input file or defined with | |
3916 | png_set_unknown_chunks). | |
3917 | ||
3918 | A quick word about text and num_text. text is an array of png_text | |
3919 | structures. num_text is the number of valid structures in the array. | |
3920 | Each png_text structure holds a language code, a keyword, a text value, | |
3921 | and a compression type. | |
3922 | ||
3923 | The compression types have the same valid numbers as the compression | |
3924 | types of the image data. Currently, the only valid number is zero. | |
3925 | However, you can store text either compressed or uncompressed, unlike | |
3926 | images, which always have to be compressed. So if you don't want the | |
3927 | text compressed, set the compression type to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE. | |
3928 | Because tEXt and zTXt chunks don't have a language field, if you | |
3929 | specify PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt | |
3930 | any language code or translated keyword will not be written out. | |
3931 | ||
3932 | Until text gets around a few hundred bytes, it is not worth compressing it. | |
3933 | After the text has been written out to the file, the compression type | |
3934 | is set to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE_WR or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt_WR, | |
3935 | so that it isn't written out again at the end (in case you are calling | |
3936 | png_write_end() with the same struct). | |
3937 | ||
3938 | The keywords that are given in the PNG Specification are: | |
3939 | ||
3940 | Title Short (one line) title or | |
3941 | caption for image | |
3942 | ||
3943 | Author Name of image's creator | |
3944 | ||
3945 | Description Description of image (possibly long) | |
3946 | ||
3947 | Copyright Copyright notice | |
3948 | ||
3949 | Creation Time Time of original image creation | |
3950 | (usually RFC 1123 format, see below) | |
3951 | ||
3952 | Software Software used to create the image | |
3953 | ||
3954 | Disclaimer Legal disclaimer | |
3955 | ||
3956 | Warning Warning of nature of content | |
3957 | ||
3958 | Source Device used to create the image | |
3959 | ||
3960 | Comment Miscellaneous comment; conversion | |
3961 | from other image format | |
3962 | ||
3963 | The keyword-text pairs work like this. Keywords should be short | |
3964 | simple descriptions of what the comment is about. Some typical | |
3965 | keywords are found in the PNG specification, as is some recommendations | |
3966 | on keywords. You can repeat keywords in a file. You can even write | |
3967 | some text before the image and some after. For example, you may want | |
3968 | to put a description of the image before the image, but leave the | |
3969 | disclaimer until after, so viewers working over modem connections | |
3970 | don't have to wait for the disclaimer to go over the modem before | |
3971 | they start seeing the image. Finally, keywords should be full | |
3972 | words, not abbreviations. Keywords and text are in the ISO 8859-1 | |
3973 | (Latin-1) character set (a superset of regular ASCII) and can not | |
3974 | contain NUL characters, and should not contain control or other | |
3975 | unprintable characters. To make the comments widely readable, stick | |
3976 | with basic ASCII, and avoid machine specific character set extensions | |
3977 | like the IBM-PC character set. The keyword must be present, but | |
3978 | you can leave off the text string on non-compressed pairs. | |
3979 | Compressed pairs must have a text string, as only the text string | |
3980 | is compressed anyway, so the compression would be meaningless. | |
3981 | ||
3982 | PNG supports modification time via the png_time structure. Two | |
3983 | conversion routines are provided, png_convert_from_time_t() for | |
3984 | time_t and png_convert_from_struct_tm() for struct tm. The | |
3985 | time_t routine uses gmtime(). You don't have to use either of | |
3986 | these, but if you wish to fill in the png_time structure directly, | |
3987 | you should provide the time in universal time (GMT) if possible | |
3988 | instead of your local time. Note that the year number is the full | |
3989 | year (e.g. 1998, rather than 98 - PNG is year 2000 compliant!), and | |
3990 | that months start with 1. | |
3991 | ||
3992 | If you want to store the time of the original image creation, you should | |
3993 | use a plain tEXt chunk with the "Creation Time" keyword. This is | |
3994 | necessary because the "creation time" of a PNG image is somewhat vague, | |
3995 | depending on whether you mean the PNG file, the time the image was | |
3996 | created in a non-PNG format, a still photo from which the image was | |
3997 | scanned, or possibly the subject matter itself. In order to facilitate | |
3998 | machine-readable dates, it is recommended that the "Creation Time" | |
3999 | tEXt chunk use RFC 1123 format dates (e.g. "22 May 1997 18:07:10 GMT"), | |
4000 | although this isn't a requirement. Unlike the tIME chunk, the | |
4001 | "Creation Time" tEXt chunk is not expected to be automatically changed | |
4002 | by the software. To facilitate the use of RFC 1123 dates, a function | |
4003 | png_convert_to_rfc1123(png_timep) is provided to convert from PNG | |
4004 | time to an RFC 1123 format string. | |
4005 | ||
4006 | .SS Writing unknown chunks | |
4007 | ||
4008 | You can use the png_set_unknown_chunks function to queue up chunks | |
4009 | for writing. You give it a chunk name, raw data, and a size; that's | |
4010 | all there is to it. The chunks will be written by the next following | |
4011 | png_write_info_before_PLTE, png_write_info, or png_write_end function. | |
4012 | Any chunks previously read into the info structure's unknown-chunk | |
4013 | list will also be written out in a sequence that satisfies the PNG | |
4014 | specification's ordering rules. | |
4015 | ||
4016 | .SS The high-level write interface | |
4017 | ||
4018 | At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level | |
4019 | write interface, or through a sequence of low-level write operations. | |
4020 | You can use the high-level interface if your image data is present | |
4021 | in the info structure. All defined output | |
4022 | transformations are permitted, enabled by the following masks. | |
4023 | ||
4024 | PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY No transformation | |
4025 | PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING Pack 1, 2 and 4-bit samples | |
4026 | PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP Change order of packed | |
4027 | pixels to LSB first | |
4028 | PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO Invert monochrome images | |
4029 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT Normalize pixels to the | |
4030 | sBIT depth | |
4031 | PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA | |
4032 | to BGRA | |
4033 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA | |
4034 | to AG | |
4035 | PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA Change alpha from opacity | |
4036 | to transparency | |
4037 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN Byte-swap 16-bit samples | |
4038 | PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER Strip out filler | |
4039 | bytes (deprecated). | |
4040 | PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_BEFORE Strip out leading | |
4041 | filler bytes | |
4042 | PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_AFTER Strip out trailing | |
4043 | filler bytes | |
4044 | ||
4045 | If you have valid image data in the info structure (you can use | |
4046 | png_set_rows() to put image data in the info structure), simply do this: | |
4047 | ||
4048 | png_write_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL) | |
4049 | ||
4050 | where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some set of | |
4051 | transformation flags. This call is equivalent to png_write_info(), | |
4052 | followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask, | |
4053 | then png_write_image(), and finally png_write_end(). | |
4054 | ||
4055 | (The final parameter of this call is not yet used. Someday it might point | |
4056 | to transformation parameters required by some future output transform.) | |
4057 | ||
4058 | You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions | |
4059 | when you use png_write_png(). | |
4060 | ||
4061 | .SS The low-level write interface | |
4062 | ||
4063 | If you are going the low-level route instead, you are now ready to | |
4064 | write all the file information up to the actual image data. You do | |
4065 | this with a call to png_write_info(). | |
4066 | ||
4067 | png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); | |
4068 | ||
4069 | Note that there is one transformation you may need to do before | |
4070 | png_write_info(). In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image is the | |
4071 | level of opacity. If your data is supplied as a level of transparency, | |
4072 | you can invert the alpha channel before you write it, so that 0 is | |
4073 | fully transparent and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535 | |
4074 | (in 16-bit images) is fully opaque, with | |
4075 | ||
4076 | png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr); | |
4077 | ||
4078 | This must appear before png_write_info() instead of later with the | |
4079 | other transformations because in the case of paletted images the tRNS | |
4080 | chunk data has to be inverted before the tRNS chunk is written. If | |
4081 | your image is not a paletted image, the tRNS data (which in such cases | |
4082 | represents a single color to be rendered as transparent) won't need to | |
4083 | be changed, and you can safely do this transformation after your | |
4084 | png_write_info() call. | |
4085 | ||
4086 | If you need to write a private chunk that you want to appear before | |
4087 | the PLTE chunk when PLTE is present, you can write the PNG info in | |
4088 | two steps, and insert code to write your own chunk between them: | |
4089 | ||
4090 | png_write_info_before_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr); | |
4091 | png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...); | |
4092 | png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); | |
4093 | ||
4094 | After you've written the file information, you can set up the library | |
4095 | to handle any special transformations of the image data. The various | |
4096 | ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they | |
4097 | should occur. This is important, as some of these change the color | |
4098 | type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on | |
4099 | certain color types and bit depths. Even though each transformation | |
4100 | checks to see if it has data that it can do something with, you should | |
4101 | make sure to only enable a transformation if it will be valid for the | |
4102 | data. For example, don't swap red and blue on grayscale data. | |
4103 | ||
4104 | PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code tells | |
4105 | the library to strip input data that has 4 or 8 bytes per pixel down | |
4106 | to 3 or 6 bytes (or strip 2 or 4-byte grayscale+filler data to 1 or 2 | |
4107 | bytes per pixel). | |
4108 | ||
4109 | png_set_filler(png_ptr, 0, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE); | |
4110 | ||
4111 | where the 0 is unused, and the location is either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or | |
4112 | PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether the filler byte in the pixel | |
4113 | is stored XRGB or RGBX. | |
4114 | ||
4115 | PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as | |
4116 | they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit files. | |
4117 | If the data is supplied at 1 pixel per byte, use this code, which will | |
4118 | correctly pack the pixels into a single byte: | |
4119 | ||
4120 | png_set_packing(png_ptr); | |
4121 | ||
4122 | PNG files reduce possible bit depths to 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16. If your | |
4123 | data is of another bit depth, you can write an sBIT chunk into the | |
4124 | file so that decoders can recover the original data if desired. | |
4125 | ||
4126 | /* Set the true bit depth of the image data */ | |
4127 | if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) | |
4128 | { | |
4129 | sig_bit.red = true_bit_depth; | |
4130 | sig_bit.green = true_bit_depth; | |
4131 | sig_bit.blue = true_bit_depth; | |
4132 | } | |
4133 | ||
4134 | else | |
4135 | { | |
4136 | sig_bit.gray = true_bit_depth; | |
4137 | } | |
4138 | ||
4139 | if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) | |
4140 | { | |
4141 | sig_bit.alpha = true_bit_depth; | |
4142 | } | |
4143 | ||
4144 | png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit); | |
4145 | ||
4146 | If the data is stored in the row buffer in a bit depth other than | |
4147 | one supported by PNG (e.g. 3 bit data in the range 0-7 for a 4-bit PNG), | |
4148 | this will scale the values to appear to be the correct bit depth as | |
4149 | is required by PNG. | |
4150 | ||
4151 | png_set_shift(png_ptr, &sig_bit); | |
4152 | ||
4153 | PNG files store 16-bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian, | |
4154 | ie. most significant bits first). This code would be used if they are | |
4155 | supplied the other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits | |
4156 | first, the way PCs store them): | |
4157 | ||
4158 | if (bit_depth > 8) | |
4159 | png_set_swap(png_ptr); | |
4160 | ||
4161 | If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you | |
4162 | need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use: | |
4163 | ||
4164 | if (bit_depth < 8) | |
4165 | png_set_packswap(png_ptr); | |
4166 | ||
4167 | PNG files store 3 color pixels in red, green, blue order. This code | |
4168 | would be used if they are supplied as blue, green, red: | |
4169 | ||
4170 | png_set_bgr(png_ptr); | |
4171 | ||
4172 | PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being | |
4173 | one. This code would be used if the pixels are supplied with this reversed | |
4174 | (black being one and white being zero): | |
4175 | ||
4176 | png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr); | |
4177 | ||
4178 | Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of | |
4179 | the existing ones meets your needs. This is done by setting a callback | |
4180 | with | |
4181 | ||
4182 | png_set_write_user_transform_fn(png_ptr, | |
4183 | write_transform_fn); | |
4184 | ||
4185 | You must supply the function | |
4186 | ||
4187 | void write_transform_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_row_infop | |
4188 | row_info, png_bytep data) | |
4189 | ||
4190 | See pngtest.c for a working example. Your function will be called | |
4191 | before any of the other transformations are processed. If supported | |
4192 | libpng also supplies an information routine that may be called from | |
4193 | your callback: | |
4194 | ||
4195 | png_get_current_row_number(png_ptr); | |
4196 | png_get_current_pass_number(png_ptr); | |
4197 | ||
4198 | This returns the current row passed to the transform. With interlaced | |
4199 | images the value returned is the row in the input sub-image image. Use | |
4200 | PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to | |
4201 | find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel (row,col,pass). | |
4202 | ||
4203 | The discussion of interlace handling above contains more information on how to | |
4204 | use these values. | |
4205 | ||
4206 | You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your | |
4207 | callback function. | |
4208 | ||
4209 | png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr, 0, 0); | |
4210 | ||
4211 | The user_channels and user_depth parameters of this function are ignored | |
4212 | when writing; you can set them to zero as shown. | |
4213 | ||
4214 | You can retrieve the pointer via the function png_get_user_transform_ptr(). | |
4215 | For example: | |
4216 | ||
4217 | voidp write_user_transform_ptr = | |
4218 | png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr); | |
4219 | ||
4220 | It is possible to have libpng flush any pending output, either manually, | |
4221 | or automatically after a certain number of lines have been written. To | |
4222 | flush the output stream a single time call: | |
4223 | ||
4224 | png_write_flush(png_ptr); | |
4225 | ||
4226 | and to have libpng flush the output stream periodically after a certain | |
4227 | number of scanlines have been written, call: | |
4228 | ||
4229 | png_set_flush(png_ptr, nrows); | |
4230 | ||
4231 | Note that the distance between rows is from the last time png_write_flush() | |
4232 | was called, or the first row of the image if it has never been called. | |
4233 | So if you write 50 lines, and then png_set_flush 25, it will flush the | |
4234 | output on the next scanline, and every 25 lines thereafter, unless | |
4235 | png_write_flush() is called before 25 more lines have been written. | |
4236 | If nrows is too small (less than about 10 lines for a 640 pixel wide | |
4237 | RGB image) the image compression may decrease noticeably (although this | |
4238 | may be acceptable for real-time applications). Infrequent flushing will | |
4239 | only degrade the compression performance by a few percent over images | |
4240 | that do not use flushing. | |
4241 | ||
4242 | .SS Writing the image data | |
4243 | ||
4244 | That's it for the transformations. Now you can write the image data. | |
4245 | The simplest way to do this is in one function call. If you have the | |
4246 | whole image in memory, you can just call png_write_image() and libpng | |
4247 | will write the image. You will need to pass in an array of pointers to | |
4248 | each row. This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't | |
4249 | need to call png_set_interlace_handling() or call this function multiple | |
4250 | times, or any of that other stuff necessary with png_write_rows(). | |
4251 | ||
4252 | png_write_image(png_ptr, row_pointers); | |
4253 | ||
4254 | where row_pointers is: | |
4255 | ||
4256 | png_byte *row_pointers[height]; | |
4257 | ||
4258 | You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels. | |
4259 | ||
4260 | If you don't want to write the whole image at once, you can | |
4261 | use png_write_rows() instead. If the file is not interlaced, | |
4262 | this is simple: | |
4263 | ||
4264 | png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, | |
4265 | number_of_rows); | |
4266 | ||
4267 | row_pointers is the same as in the png_write_image() call. | |
4268 | ||
4269 | If you are just writing one row at a time, you can do this with | |
4270 | a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers: | |
4271 | ||
4272 | png_bytep row_pointer = row; | |
4273 | ||
4274 | png_write_row(png_ptr, row_pointer); | |
4275 | ||
4276 | When the file is interlaced, things can get a good deal more complicated. | |
4277 | The only currently (as of the PNG Specification version 1.2, dated July | |
4278 | 1999) defined interlacing scheme for PNG files is the "Adam7" interlace | |
4279 | scheme, that breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying | |
4280 | size. libpng will build these images for you, or you can do them | |
4281 | yourself. If you want to build them yourself, see the PNG specification | |
4282 | for details of which pixels to write when. | |
4283 | ||
4284 | If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just | |
4285 | use png_set_interlace_handling() and call png_write_rows() the | |
4286 | correct number of times to write all the sub-images | |
4287 | (png_set_interlace_handling() returns the number of sub-images.) | |
4288 | ||
4289 | If you want libpng to build the sub-images, call this before you start | |
4290 | writing any rows: | |
4291 | ||
4292 | number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr); | |
4293 | ||
4294 | This will return the number of passes needed. Currently, this is seven, | |
4295 | but may change if another interlace type is added. | |
4296 | ||
4297 | Then write the complete image number_of_passes times. | |
4298 | ||
4299 | png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, number_of_rows); | |
4300 | ||
4301 | Think carefully before you write an interlaced image. Typically code that | |
4302 | reads such images reads all the image data into memory, uncompressed, before | |
4303 | doing any processing. Only code that can display an image on the fly can | |
4304 | take advantage of the interlacing and even then the image has to be exactly | |
4305 | the correct size for the output device, because scaling an image requires | |
4306 | adjacent pixels and these are not available until all the passes have been | |
4307 | read. | |
4308 | ||
4309 | If you do write an interlaced image you will hardly ever need to handle | |
4310 | the interlacing yourself. Call png_set_interlace_handling() and use the | |
4311 | approach described above. | |
4312 | ||
4313 | The only time it is conceivable that you will really need to write an | |
4314 | interlaced image pass-by-pass is when you have read one pass by pass and | |
4315 | made some pixel-by-pixel transformation to it, as described in the read | |
4316 | code above. In this case use the PNG_PASS_ROWS and PNG_PASS_COLS macros | |
4317 | to determine the size of each sub-image in turn and simply write the rows | |
4318 | you obtained from the read code. | |
4319 | ||
4320 | .SS Finishing a sequential write | |
4321 | ||
4322 | After you are finished writing the image, you should finish writing | |
4323 | the file. If you are interested in writing comments or time, you should | |
4324 | pass an appropriately filled png_info pointer. If you are not interested, | |
4325 | you can pass NULL. | |
4326 | ||
4327 | png_write_end(png_ptr, info_ptr); | |
4328 | ||
4329 | When you are done, you can free all memory used by libpng like this: | |
4330 | ||
4331 | png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr); | |
4332 | ||
4333 | It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that | |
4334 | point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function: | |
4335 | ||
4336 | png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq) | |
4337 | ||
4338 | mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask | |
4339 | containing the bitwise OR of one or | |
4340 | more of | |
4341 | PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS, | |
4342 | PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP, | |
4343 | PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS, | |
4344 | PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT, | |
4345 | PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN, | |
4346 | or simply PNG_FREE_ALL | |
4347 | ||
4348 | seq - sequence number of item to be freed | |
4349 | (-1 for all items) | |
4350 | ||
4351 | This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has | |
4352 | already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated | |
4353 | by the user and not by libpng, and will in those cases do nothing. | |
4354 | The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data | |
4355 | type, such as PLTE, is allowed. If "seq" is not -1, and multiple items | |
4356 | are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or | |
4357 | sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq". | |
4358 | ||
4359 | If you allocated data such as a palette that you passed in to libpng | |
4360 | with png_set_*, you must not free it until just before the call to | |
4361 | png_destroy_write_struct(). | |
4362 | ||
4363 | The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally | |
4364 | by libpng. This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data, | |
4365 | or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc() | |
4366 | or png_zalloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with | |
4367 | ||
4368 | png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask) | |
4369 | ||
4370 | freer - one of | |
4371 | PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA | |
4372 | PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA | |
4373 | PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA | |
4374 | ||
4375 | mask - which data elements are affected | |
4376 | same choices as in png_free_data() | |
4377 | ||
4378 | For example, to transfer responsibility for some data from a read structure | |
4379 | to a write structure, you could use | |
4380 | ||
4381 | png_data_freer(read_ptr, read_info_ptr, | |
4382 | PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA, | |
4383 | PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST) | |
4384 | ||
4385 | png_data_freer(write_ptr, write_info_ptr, | |
4386 | PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA, | |
4387 | PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST) | |
4388 | ||
4389 | thereby briefly reassigning responsibility for freeing to the user but | |
4390 | immediately afterwards reassigning it once more to the write_destroy | |
4391 | function. Having done this, it would then be safe to destroy the read | |
4392 | structure and continue to use the PLTE, tRNS, and hIST data in the write | |
4393 | structure. | |
4394 | ||
4395 | This function only affects data that has already been allocated. | |
4396 | You can call this function before calling after the png_set_*() functions | |
4397 | to control whether the user or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data. | |
4398 | When the user assumes responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the | |
4399 | application must use | |
4400 | png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng | |
4401 | for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc() | |
4402 | or png_zalloc() to allocate it. | |
4403 | ||
4404 | If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword | |
4405 | separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng, | |
4406 | because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with | |
4407 | the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key. Similarly, | |
4408 | if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your | |
4409 | application, your application must not separately free those members. | |
4410 | For a more compact example of writing a PNG image, see the file example.c. | |
4411 | ||
4412 | .SH V. Modifying/Customizing libpng: | |
4413 | ||
4414 | There are two issues here. The first is changing how libpng does | |
4415 | standard things like memory allocation, input/output, and error handling. | |
4416 | The second deals with more complicated things like adding new chunks, | |
4417 | adding new transformations, and generally changing how libpng works. | |
4418 | Both of those are compile-time issues; that is, they are generally | |
4419 | determined at the time the code is written, and there is rarely a need | |
4420 | to provide the user with a means of changing them. | |
4421 | ||
4422 | Memory allocation, input/output, and error handling | |
4423 | ||
4424 | All of the memory allocation, input/output, and error handling in libpng | |
4425 | goes through callbacks that are user-settable. The default routines are | |
4426 | in pngmem.c, pngrio.c, pngwio.c, and pngerror.c, respectively. To change | |
4427 | these functions, call the appropriate png_set_*_fn() function. | |
4428 | ||
4429 | Memory allocation is done through the functions png_malloc(), png_calloc(), | |
4430 | and png_free(). These currently just call the standard C functions. | |
4431 | png_calloc() calls png_malloc() and then clears the newly | |
4432 | allocated memory to zero. There is limited support for certain systems | |
4433 | with segmented memory architectures and the types of pointers declared by | |
4434 | png.h match this; you will have to use appropriate pointers in your | |
4435 | application. Since it is | |
4436 | unlikely that the method of handling memory allocation on a platform | |
4437 | will change between applications, these functions must be modified in | |
4438 | the library at compile time. If you prefer to use a different method | |
4439 | of allocating and freeing data, you can use png_create_read_struct_2() or | |
4440 | png_create_write_struct_2() to register your own functions as described | |
4441 | above. These functions also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved | |
4442 | via | |
4443 | ||
4444 | mem_ptr=png_get_mem_ptr(png_ptr); | |
4445 | ||
4446 | Your replacement memory functions must have prototypes as follows: | |
4447 | ||
4448 | png_voidp malloc_fn(png_structp png_ptr, | |
4449 | png_alloc_size_t size); | |
4450 | ||
4451 | void free_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_voidp ptr); | |
4452 | ||
4453 | Your malloc_fn() must return NULL in case of failure. The png_malloc() | |
4454 | function will normally call png_error() if it receives a NULL from the | |
4455 | system memory allocator or from your replacement malloc_fn(). | |
4456 | ||
4457 | Your free_fn() will never be called with a NULL ptr, since libpng's | |
4458 | png_free() checks for NULL before calling free_fn(). | |
4459 | ||
4460 | Input/Output in libpng is done through png_read() and png_write(), | |
4461 | which currently just call fread() and fwrite(). The FILE * is stored in | |
4462 | png_struct and is initialized via png_init_io(). If you wish to change | |
4463 | the method of I/O, the library supplies callbacks that you can set | |
4464 | through the function png_set_read_fn() and png_set_write_fn() at run | |
4465 | time, instead of calling the png_init_io() function. These functions | |
4466 | also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved via the function | |
4467 | png_get_io_ptr(). For example: | |
4468 | ||
4469 | png_set_read_fn(png_structp read_ptr, | |
4470 | voidp read_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr read_data_fn) | |
4471 | ||
4472 | png_set_write_fn(png_structp write_ptr, | |
4473 | voidp write_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr write_data_fn, | |
4474 | png_flush_ptr output_flush_fn); | |
4475 | ||
4476 | voidp read_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(read_ptr); | |
4477 | voidp write_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(write_ptr); | |
4478 | ||
4479 | The replacement I/O functions must have prototypes as follows: | |
4480 | ||
4481 | void user_read_data(png_structp png_ptr, | |
4482 | png_bytep data, png_size_t length); | |
4483 | ||
4484 | void user_write_data(png_structp png_ptr, | |
4485 | png_bytep data, png_size_t length); | |
4486 | ||
4487 | void user_flush_data(png_structp png_ptr); | |
4488 | ||
4489 | The user_read_data() function is responsible for detecting and | |
4490 | handling end-of-data errors. | |
4491 | ||
4492 | Supplying NULL for the read, write, or flush functions sets them back | |
4493 | to using the default C stream functions, which expect the io_ptr to | |
4494 | point to a standard *FILE structure. It is probably a mistake | |
4495 | to use NULL for one of write_data_fn and output_flush_fn but not both | |
4496 | of them, unless you have built libpng with PNG_NO_WRITE_FLUSH defined. | |
4497 | It is an error to read from a write stream, and vice versa. | |
4498 | ||
4499 | Error handling in libpng is done through png_error() and png_warning(). | |
4500 | Errors handled through png_error() are fatal, meaning that png_error() | |
4501 | should never return to its caller. Currently, this is handled via | |
4502 | setjmp() and longjmp() (unless you have compiled libpng with | |
4503 | PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case it is handled via PNG_ABORT()), | |
4504 | but you could change this to do things like exit() if you should wish, | |
4505 | as long as your function does not return. | |
4506 | ||
4507 | On non-fatal errors, png_warning() is called | |
4508 | to print a warning message, and then control returns to the calling code. | |
4509 | By default png_error() and png_warning() print a message on stderr via | |
4510 | fprintf() unless the library is compiled with PNG_NO_CONSOLE_IO defined | |
4511 | (because you don't want the messages) or PNG_NO_STDIO defined (because | |
4512 | fprintf() isn't available). If you wish to change the behavior of the error | |
4513 | functions, you will need to set up your own message callbacks. These | |
4514 | functions are normally supplied at the time that the png_struct is created. | |
4515 | It is also possible to redirect errors and warnings to your own replacement | |
4516 | functions after png_create_*_struct() has been called by calling: | |
4517 | ||
4518 | png_set_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr, | |
4519 | png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, | |
4520 | png_error_ptr warning_fn); | |
4521 | ||
4522 | png_voidp error_ptr = png_get_error_ptr(png_ptr); | |
4523 | ||
4524 | If NULL is supplied for either error_fn or warning_fn, then the libpng | |
4525 | default function will be used, calling fprintf() and/or longjmp() if a | |
4526 | problem is encountered. The replacement error functions should have | |
4527 | parameters as follows: | |
4528 | ||
4529 | void user_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr, | |
4530 | png_const_charp error_msg); | |
4531 | ||
4532 | void user_warning_fn(png_structp png_ptr, | |
4533 | png_const_charp warning_msg); | |
4534 | ||
4535 | The motivation behind using setjmp() and longjmp() is the C++ throw and | |
4536 | catch exception handling methods. This makes the code much easier to write, | |
4537 | as there is no need to check every return code of every function call. | |
4538 | However, there are some uncertainties about the status of local variables | |
4539 | after a longjmp, so the user may want to be careful about doing anything | |
4540 | after setjmp returns non-zero besides returning itself. Consult your | |
4541 | compiler documentation for more details. For an alternative approach, you | |
4542 | may wish to use the "cexcept" facility (see http://cexcept.sourceforge.net), | |
4543 | which is illustrated in pngvalid.c and in contrib/visupng. | |
4544 | ||
4545 | .SS Custom chunks | |
4546 | ||
4547 | If you need to read or write custom chunks, you may need to get deeper | |
4548 | into the libpng code. The library now has mechanisms for storing | |
4549 | and writing chunks of unknown type; you can even declare callbacks | |
4550 | for custom chunks. However, this may not be good enough if the | |
4551 | library code itself needs to know about interactions between your | |
4552 | chunk and existing `intrinsic' chunks. | |
4553 | ||
4554 | If you need to write a new intrinsic chunk, first read the PNG | |
4555 | specification. Acquire a first level of understanding of how it works. | |
4556 | Pay particular attention to the sections that describe chunk names, | |
4557 | and look at how other chunks were designed, so you can do things | |
4558 | similarly. Second, check out the sections of libpng that read and | |
4559 | write chunks. Try to find a chunk that is similar to yours and use | |
4560 | it as a template. More details can be found in the comments inside | |
4561 | the code. It is best to handle private or unknown chunks in a generic method, | |
4562 | via callback functions, instead of by modifying libpng functions. This | |
4563 | is illustrated in pngtest.c, which uses a callback function to handle a | |
4564 | private "vpAg" chunk and the new "sTER" chunk, which are both unknown to | |
4565 | libpng. | |
4566 | ||
4567 | If you wish to write your own transformation for the data, look through | |
4568 | the part of the code that does the transformations, and check out some of | |
4569 | the simpler ones to get an idea of how they work. Try to find a similar | |
4570 | transformation to the one you want to add and copy off of it. More details | |
4571 | can be found in the comments inside the code itself. | |
4572 | ||
4573 | .SS Configuring for 16-bit platforms | |
4574 | ||
4575 | You will want to look into zconf.h to tell zlib (and thus libpng) that | |
4576 | it cannot allocate more then 64K at a time. Even if you can, the memory | |
4577 | won't be accessible. So limit zlib and libpng to 64K by defining MAXSEG_64K. | |
4578 | ||
4579 | .SS Configuring for DOS | |
4580 | ||
4581 | For DOS users who only have access to the lower 640K, you will | |
4582 | have to limit zlib's memory usage via a png_set_compression_mem_level() | |
4583 | call. See zlib.h or zconf.h in the zlib library for more information. | |
4584 | ||
4585 | .SS Configuring for Medium Model | |
4586 | ||
4587 | Libpng's support for medium model has been tested on most of the popular | |
4588 | compilers. Make sure MAXSEG_64K gets defined, USE_FAR_KEYWORD gets | |
4589 | defined, and FAR gets defined to far in pngconf.h, and you should be | |
4590 | all set. Everything in the library (except for zlib's structure) is | |
4591 | expecting far data. You must use the typedefs with the p or pp on | |
4592 | the end for pointers (or at least look at them and be careful). Make | |
4593 | note that the rows of data are defined as png_bytepp, which is | |
4594 | an "unsigned char far * far *". | |
4595 | ||
4596 | .SS Configuring for gui/windowing platforms: | |
4597 | ||
4598 | You will need to write new error and warning functions that use the GUI | |
4599 | interface, as described previously, and set them to be the error and | |
4600 | warning functions at the time that png_create_*_struct() is called, | |
4601 | in order to have them available during the structure initialization. | |
4602 | They can be changed later via png_set_error_fn(). On some compilers, | |
4603 | you may also have to change the memory allocators (png_malloc, etc.). | |
4604 | ||
4605 | .SS Configuring for compiler xxx: | |
4606 | ||
4607 | All includes for libpng are in pngconf.h. If you need to add, change | |
4608 | or delete an include, this is the place to do it. | |
4609 | The includes that are not needed outside libpng are placed in pngpriv.h, | |
4610 | which is only used by the routines inside libpng itself. | |
4611 | The files in libpng proper only include pngpriv.h and png.h, which | |
4612 | %14%in turn includes pngconf.h. | |
4613 | in turn includes pngconf.h and, as of libpng-1.5.0, pnglibconf.h. | |
4614 | As of libpng-1.5.0, pngpriv.h also includes three other private header | |
4615 | files, pngstruct.h, pnginfo.h, and pngdebug.h, which contain material | |
4616 | that previously appeared in the public headers. | |
4617 | ||
4618 | .SS Configuring zlib: | |
4619 | ||
4620 | There are special functions to configure the compression. Perhaps the | |
4621 | most useful one changes the compression level, which currently uses | |
4622 | input compression values in the range 0 - 9. The library normally | |
4623 | uses the default compression level (Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION = 6). Tests | |
4624 | have shown that for a large majority of images, compression values in | |
4625 | the range 3-6 compress nearly as well as higher levels, and do so much | |
4626 | faster. For online applications it may be desirable to have maximum speed | |
4627 | (Z_BEST_SPEED = 1). With versions of zlib after v0.99, you can also | |
4628 | specify no compression (Z_NO_COMPRESSION = 0), but this would create | |
4629 | files larger than just storing the raw bitmap. You can specify the | |
4630 | compression level by calling: | |
4631 | ||
4632 | #include zlib.h | |
4633 | png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, level); | |
4634 | ||
4635 | Another useful one is to reduce the memory level used by the library. | |
4636 | The memory level defaults to 8, but it can be lowered if you are | |
4637 | short on memory (running DOS, for example, where you only have 640K). | |
4638 | Note that the memory level does have an effect on compression; among | |
4639 | other things, lower levels will result in sections of incompressible | |
4640 | data being emitted in smaller stored blocks, with a correspondingly | |
4641 | larger relative overhead of up to 15% in the worst case. | |
4642 | ||
4643 | #include zlib.h | |
4644 | png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level); | |
4645 | ||
4646 | The other functions are for configuring zlib. They are not recommended | |
4647 | for normal use and may result in writing an invalid PNG file. See | |
4648 | zlib.h for more information on what these mean. | |
4649 | ||
4650 | #include zlib.h | |
4651 | png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr, | |
4652 | strategy); | |
4653 | ||
4654 | png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, | |
4655 | window_bits); | |
4656 | ||
4657 | png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, method); | |
4658 | ||
4659 | png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, size); | |
4660 | ||
4661 | As of libpng version 1.5.4, additional APIs became | |
4662 | available to set these separately for non-IDAT | |
4663 | compressed chunks such as zTXt, iTXt, and iCCP: | |
4664 | ||
4665 | #include zlib.h | |
4666 | #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER <= 10504 | |
4667 | png_set_text_compression_level(png_ptr, level); | |
4668 | ||
4669 | png_set_text_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level); | |
4670 | ||
4671 | png_set_text_compression_strategy(png_ptr, | |
4672 | strategy); | |
4673 | ||
4674 | png_set_text_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, | |
4675 | window_bits); | |
4676 | ||
4677 | png_set_text_compression_method(png_ptr, method); | |
4678 | #endif | |
4679 | ||
4680 | .SS Controlling row filtering | |
4681 | ||
4682 | If you want to control whether libpng uses filtering or not, which | |
4683 | filters are used, and how it goes about picking row filters, you | |
4684 | can call one of these functions. The selection and configuration | |
4685 | of row filters can have a significant impact on the size and | |
4686 | encoding speed and a somewhat lesser impact on the decoding speed | |
4687 | of an image. Filtering is enabled by default for RGB and grayscale | |
4688 | images (with and without alpha), but not for paletted images nor | |
4689 | for any images with bit depths less than 8 bits/pixel. | |
4690 | ||
4691 | The 'method' parameter sets the main filtering method, which is | |
4692 | currently only '0' in the PNG 1.2 specification. The 'filters' | |
4693 | parameter sets which filter(s), if any, should be used for each | |
4694 | scanline. Possible values are PNG_ALL_FILTERS and PNG_NO_FILTERS | |
4695 | to turn filtering on and off, respectively. | |
4696 | ||
4697 | Individual filter types are PNG_FILTER_NONE, PNG_FILTER_SUB, | |
4698 | PNG_FILTER_UP, PNG_FILTER_AVG, PNG_FILTER_PAETH, which can be bitwise | |
4699 | ORed together with '|' to specify one or more filters to use. | |
4700 | These filters are described in more detail in the PNG specification. | |
4701 | If you intend to change the filter type during the course of writing | |
4702 | the image, you should start with flags set for all of the filters | |
4703 | you intend to use so that libpng can initialize its internal | |
4704 | structures appropriately for all of the filter types. (Note that this | |
4705 | means the first row must always be adaptively filtered, because libpng | |
4706 | currently does not allocate the filter buffers until png_write_row() | |
4707 | is called for the first time.) | |
4708 | ||
4709 | filters = PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_SUB | |
4710 | PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_AVG | | |
4711 | PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_ALL_FILTERS; | |
4712 | ||
4713 | png_set_filter(png_ptr, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE, | |
4714 | filters); | |
4715 | The second parameter can also be | |
4716 | PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if you are | |
4717 | writing a PNG to be embedded in a MNG | |
4718 | datastream. This parameter must be the | |
4719 | same as the value of filter_method used | |
4720 | in png_set_IHDR(). | |
4721 | ||
4722 | It is also possible to influence how libpng chooses from among the | |
4723 | available filters. This is done in one or both of two ways - by | |
4724 | telling it how important it is to keep the same filter for successive | |
4725 | rows, and by telling it the relative computational costs of the filters. | |
4726 | ||
4727 | double weights[3] = {1.5, 1.3, 1.1}, | |
4728 | costs[PNG_FILTER_VALUE_LAST] = | |
4729 | {1.0, 1.3, 1.3, 1.5, 1.7}; | |
4730 | ||
4731 | png_set_filter_heuristics(png_ptr, | |
4732 | PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_WEIGHTED, 3, | |
4733 | weights, costs); | |
4734 | ||
4735 | The weights are multiplying factors that indicate to libpng that the | |
4736 | row filter should be the same for successive rows unless another row filter | |
4737 | is that many times better than the previous filter. In the above example, | |
4738 | if the previous 3 filters were SUB, SUB, NONE, the SUB filter could have a | |
4739 | "sum of absolute differences" 1.5 x 1.3 times higher than other filters | |
4740 | and still be chosen, while the NONE filter could have a sum 1.1 times | |
4741 | higher than other filters and still be chosen. Unspecified weights are | |
4742 | taken to be 1.0, and the specified weights should probably be declining | |
4743 | like those above in order to emphasize recent filters over older filters. | |
4744 | ||
4745 | The filter costs specify for each filter type a relative decoding cost | |
4746 | to be considered when selecting row filters. This means that filters | |
4747 | with higher costs are less likely to be chosen over filters with lower | |
4748 | costs, unless their "sum of absolute differences" is that much smaller. | |
4749 | The costs do not necessarily reflect the exact computational speeds of | |
4750 | the various filters, since this would unduly influence the final image | |
4751 | size. | |
4752 | ||
4753 | Note that the numbers above were invented purely for this example and | |
4754 | are given only to help explain the function usage. Little testing has | |
4755 | been done to find optimum values for either the costs or the weights. | |
4756 | ||
4757 | .SS Removing unwanted object code | |
4758 | ||
4759 | There are a bunch of #define's in pngconf.h that control what parts of | |
4760 | libpng are compiled. All the defines end in _SUPPORTED. If you are | |
4761 | never going to use a capability, you can change the #define to #undef | |
4762 | before recompiling libpng and save yourself code and data space, or | |
4763 | you can turn off individual capabilities with defines that begin with | |
4764 | PNG_NO_. | |
4765 | ||
4766 | In libpng-1.5.0 and later, the #define's are in pnglibconf.h instead. | |
4767 | ||
4768 | You can also turn all of the transforms and ancillary chunk capabilities | |
4769 | off en masse with compiler directives that define | |
4770 | PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_TRANSFORMS, or PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS, | |
4771 | or all four, | |
4772 | along with directives to turn on any of the capabilities that you do | |
4773 | want. The PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_TRANSFORMS directives disable the extra | |
4774 | transformations but still leave the library fully capable of reading | |
4775 | and writing PNG files with all known public chunks. Use of the | |
4776 | PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS directive produces a library | |
4777 | that is incapable of reading or writing ancillary chunks. If you are | |
4778 | not using the progressive reading capability, you can turn that off | |
4779 | with PNG_NO_PROGRESSIVE_READ (don't confuse this with the INTERLACING | |
4780 | capability, which you'll still have). | |
4781 | ||
4782 | All the reading and writing specific code are in separate files, so the | |
4783 | linker should only grab the files it needs. However, if you want to | |
4784 | make sure, or if you are building a stand alone library, all the | |
4785 | reading files start with "pngr" and all the writing files start with "pngw". | |
4786 | The files that don't match either (like png.c, pngtrans.c, etc.) | |
4787 | are used for both reading and writing, and always need to be included. | |
4788 | The progressive reader is in pngpread.c | |
4789 | ||
4790 | If you are creating or distributing a dynamically linked library (a .so | |
4791 | or DLL file), you should not remove or disable any parts of the library, | |
4792 | as this will cause applications linked with different versions of the | |
4793 | library to fail if they call functions not available in your library. | |
4794 | The size of the library itself should not be an issue, because only | |
4795 | those sections that are actually used will be loaded into memory. | |
4796 | ||
4797 | .SS Requesting debug printout | |
4798 | ||
4799 | The macro definition PNG_DEBUG can be used to request debugging | |
4800 | printout. Set it to an integer value in the range 0 to 3. Higher | |
4801 | numbers result in increasing amounts of debugging information. The | |
4802 | information is printed to the "stderr" file, unless another file | |
4803 | name is specified in the PNG_DEBUG_FILE macro definition. | |
4804 | ||
4805 | When PNG_DEBUG > 0, the following functions (macros) become available: | |
4806 | ||
4807 | png_debug(level, message) | |
4808 | png_debug1(level, message, p1) | |
4809 | png_debug2(level, message, p1, p2) | |
4810 | ||
4811 | in which "level" is compared to PNG_DEBUG to decide whether to print | |
4812 | the message, "message" is the formatted string to be printed, | |
4813 | and p1 and p2 are parameters that are to be embedded in the string | |
4814 | according to printf-style formatting directives. For example, | |
4815 | ||
4816 | png_debug1(2, "foo=%d\n", foo); | |
4817 | ||
4818 | is expanded to | |
4819 | ||
4820 | if (PNG_DEBUG > 2) | |
4821 | fprintf(PNG_DEBUG_FILE, "foo=%d\n", foo); | |
4822 | ||
4823 | When PNG_DEBUG is defined but is zero, the macros aren't defined, but you | |
4824 | can still use PNG_DEBUG to control your own debugging: | |
4825 | ||
4826 | #ifdef PNG_DEBUG | |
4827 | fprintf(stderr, ... | |
4828 | #endif | |
4829 | ||
4830 | When PNG_DEBUG = 1, the macros are defined, but only png_debug statements | |
4831 | having level = 0 will be printed. There aren't any such statements in | |
4832 | this version of libpng, but if you insert some they will be printed. | |
4833 | ||
4834 | .SH VI. MNG support | |
4835 | ||
4836 | The MNG specification (available at http://www.libpng.org/pub/mng) allows | |
4837 | certain extensions to PNG for PNG images that are embedded in MNG datastreams. | |
4838 | Libpng can support some of these extensions. To enable them, use the | |
4839 | png_permit_mng_features() function: | |
4840 | ||
4841 | feature_set = png_permit_mng_features(png_ptr, mask) | |
4842 | ||
4843 | mask is a png_uint_32 containing the bitwise OR of the | |
4844 | features you want to enable. These include | |
4845 | PNG_FLAG_MNG_EMPTY_PLTE | |
4846 | PNG_FLAG_MNG_FILTER_64 | |
4847 | PNG_ALL_MNG_FEATURES | |
4848 | ||
4849 | feature_set is a png_uint_32 that is the bitwise AND of | |
4850 | your mask with the set of MNG features that is | |
4851 | supported by the version of libpng that you are using. | |
4852 | ||
4853 | It is an error to use this function when reading or writing a standalone | |
4854 | PNG file with the PNG 8-byte signature. The PNG datastream must be wrapped | |
4855 | in a MNG datastream. As a minimum, it must have the MNG 8-byte signature | |
4856 | and the MHDR and MEND chunks. Libpng does not provide support for these | |
4857 | or any other MNG chunks; your application must provide its own support for | |
4858 | them. You may wish to consider using libmng (available at | |
4859 | http://www.libmng.com) instead. | |
4860 | ||
4861 | .SH VII. Changes to Libpng from version 0.88 | |
4862 | ||
4863 | It should be noted that versions of libpng later than 0.96 are not | |
4864 | distributed by the original libpng author, Guy Schalnat, nor by | |
4865 | Andreas Dilger, who had taken over from Guy during 1996 and 1997, and | |
4866 | distributed versions 0.89 through 0.96, but rather by another member | |
4867 | of the original PNG Group, Glenn Randers-Pehrson. Guy and Andreas are | |
4868 | still alive and well, but they have moved on to other things. | |
4869 | ||
4870 | The old libpng functions png_read_init(), png_write_init(), | |
4871 | png_info_init(), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy() have been | |
4872 | moved to PNG_INTERNAL in version 0.95 to discourage their use. These | |
4873 | functions will be removed from libpng version 1.4.0. | |
4874 | ||
4875 | The preferred method of creating and initializing the libpng structures is | |
4876 | via the png_create_read_struct(), png_create_write_struct(), and | |
4877 | png_create_info_struct() because they isolate the size of the structures | |
4878 | from the application, allow version error checking, and also allow the | |
4879 | use of custom error handling routines during the initialization, which | |
4880 | the old functions do not. The functions png_read_destroy() and | |
4881 | png_write_destroy() do not actually free the memory that libpng | |
4882 | allocated for these structs, but just reset the data structures, so they | |
4883 | can be used instead of png_destroy_read_struct() and | |
4884 | png_destroy_write_struct() if you feel there is too much system overhead | |
4885 | allocating and freeing the png_struct for each image read. | |
4886 | ||
4887 | Setting the error callbacks via png_set_message_fn() before | |
4888 | png_read_init() as was suggested in libpng-0.88 is no longer supported | |
4889 | because this caused applications that do not use custom error functions | |
4890 | to fail if the png_ptr was not initialized to zero. It is still possible | |
4891 | to set the error callbacks AFTER png_read_init(), or to change them with | |
4892 | png_set_error_fn(), which is essentially the same function, but with a new | |
4893 | name to force compilation errors with applications that try to use the old | |
4894 | method. | |
4895 | ||
4896 | Starting with version 1.0.7, you can find out which version of the library | |
4897 | you are using at run-time: | |
4898 | ||
4899 | png_uint_32 libpng_vn = png_access_version_number(); | |
4900 | ||
4901 | The number libpng_vn is constructed from the major version, minor | |
4902 | version with leading zero, and release number with leading zero, | |
4903 | (e.g., libpng_vn for version 1.0.7 is 10007). | |
4904 | ||
4905 | Note that this function does not take a png_ptr, so you can call it | |
4906 | before you've created one. | |
4907 | ||
4908 | You can also check which version of png.h you used when compiling your | |
4909 | application: | |
4910 | ||
4911 | png_uint_32 application_vn = PNG_LIBPNG_VER; | |
4912 | ||
4913 | .SH VIII. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x to 1.2.x | |
4914 | ||
4915 | Support for user memory management was enabled by default. To | |
4916 | accomplish this, the functions png_create_read_struct_2(), | |
4917 | png_create_write_struct_2(), png_set_mem_fn(), png_get_mem_ptr(), | |
4918 | png_malloc_default(), and png_free_default() were added. | |
4919 | ||
4920 | Support for the iTXt chunk has been enabled by default as of | |
4921 | version 1.2.41. | |
4922 | ||
4923 | Support for certain MNG features was enabled. | |
4924 | ||
4925 | Support for numbered error messages was added. However, we never got | |
4926 | around to actually numbering the error messages. The function | |
4927 | png_set_strip_error_numbers() was added (Note: the prototype for this | |
4928 | function was inadvertently removed from png.h in PNG_NO_ASSEMBLER_CODE | |
4929 | builds of libpng-1.2.15. It was restored in libpng-1.2.36). | |
4930 | ||
4931 | The png_malloc_warn() function was added at libpng-1.2.3. This issues | |
4932 | a png_warning and returns NULL instead of aborting when it fails to | |
4933 | acquire the requested memory allocation. | |
4934 | ||
4935 | Support for setting user limits on image width and height was enabled | |
4936 | by default. The functions png_set_user_limits(), png_get_user_width_max(), | |
4937 | and png_get_user_height_max() were added at libpng-1.2.6. | |
4938 | ||
4939 | The png_set_add_alpha() function was added at libpng-1.2.7. | |
4940 | ||
4941 | The function png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was added at libpng-1.2.9. | |
4942 | Unlike png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8(), the new function does not expand the | |
4943 | tRNS chunk to alpha. The png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() function is | |
4944 | deprecated. | |
4945 | ||
4946 | A number of macro definitions in support of runtime selection of | |
4947 | assembler code features (especially Intel MMX code support) were | |
4948 | added at libpng-1.2.0: | |
4949 | ||
4950 | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_SUPPORT_COMPILED | |
4951 | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_SUPPORT_IN_CPU | |
4952 | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_COMBINE_ROW | |
4953 | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_INTERLACE | |
4954 | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_SUB | |
4955 | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_UP | |
4956 | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_AVG | |
4957 | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_PAETH | |
4958 | PNG_ASM_FLAGS_INITIALIZED | |
4959 | PNG_MMX_READ_FLAGS | |
4960 | PNG_MMX_FLAGS | |
4961 | PNG_MMX_WRITE_FLAGS | |
4962 | PNG_MMX_FLAGS | |
4963 | ||
4964 | We added the following functions in support of runtime | |
4965 | selection of assembler code features: | |
4966 | ||
4967 | png_get_mmx_flagmask() | |
4968 | png_set_mmx_thresholds() | |
4969 | png_get_asm_flags() | |
4970 | png_get_mmx_bitdepth_threshold() | |
4971 | png_get_mmx_rowbytes_threshold() | |
4972 | png_set_asm_flags() | |
4973 | ||
4974 | We replaced all of these functions with simple stubs in libpng-1.2.20, | |
4975 | when the Intel assembler code was removed due to a licensing issue. | |
4976 | ||
4977 | These macros are deprecated: | |
4978 | ||
4979 | PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED | |
4980 | PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_NOT_SUPPORTED | |
4981 | PNG_NO_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED | |
4982 | PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED | |
4983 | PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED | |
4984 | PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED | |
4985 | ||
4986 | They have been replaced, respectively, by: | |
4987 | ||
4988 | PNG_NO_READ_TRANSFORMS | |
4989 | PNG_NO_PROGRESSIVE_READ | |
4990 | PNG_NO_SEQUENTIAL_READ | |
4991 | PNG_NO_WRITE_TRANSFORMS | |
4992 | PNG_NO_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS | |
4993 | PNG_NO_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS | |
4994 | ||
4995 | PNG_MAX_UINT was replaced with PNG_UINT_31_MAX. It has been | |
4996 | deprecated since libpng-1.0.16 and libpng-1.2.6. | |
4997 | ||
4998 | The function | |
4999 | png_check_sig(sig, num) | |
5000 | was replaced with | |
5001 | !png_sig_cmp(sig, 0, num) | |
5002 | It has been deprecated since libpng-0.90. | |
5003 | ||
5004 | The function | |
5005 | png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() | |
5006 | which also expands tRNS to alpha was replaced with | |
5007 | png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() | |
5008 | which does not. It has been deprecated since libpng-1.0.18 and 1.2.9. | |
5009 | ||
5010 | .SH IX. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x/1.2.x to 1.4.x | |
5011 | ||
5012 | Private libpng prototypes and macro definitions were moved from | |
5013 | png.h and pngconf.h into a new pngpriv.h header file. | |
5014 | ||
5015 | Functions png_set_benign_errors(), png_benign_error(), and | |
5016 | png_chunk_benign_error() were added. | |
5017 | ||
5018 | Support for setting the maximum amount of memory that the application | |
5019 | will allocate for reading chunks was added, as a security measure. | |
5020 | The functions png_set_chunk_cache_max() and png_get_chunk_cache_max() | |
5021 | were added to the library. | |
5022 | ||
5023 | We implemented support for I/O states by adding png_ptr member io_state | |
5024 | and functions png_get_io_chunk_name() and png_get_io_state() in pngget.c | |
5025 | ||
5026 | We added PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB to the available high-level | |
5027 | input transforms. | |
5028 | ||
5029 | Checking for and reporting of errors in the IHDR chunk is more thorough. | |
5030 | ||
5031 | Support for global arrays was removed, to improve thread safety. | |
5032 | ||
5033 | Some obsolete/deprecated macros and functions have been removed. | |
5034 | ||
5035 | Typecasted NULL definitions such as | |
5036 | #define png_voidp_NULL (png_voidp)NULL | |
5037 | were eliminated. If you used these in your application, just use | |
5038 | NULL instead. | |
5039 | ||
5040 | The png_struct and info_struct members "trans" and "trans_values" were | |
5041 | changed to "trans_alpha" and "trans_color", respectively. | |
5042 | ||
5043 | The obsolete, unused pnggccrd.c and pngvcrd.c files and related makefiles | |
5044 | were removed. | |
5045 | ||
5046 | The PNG_1_0_X and PNG_1_2_X macros were eliminated. | |
5047 | ||
5048 | The PNG_LEGACY_SUPPORTED macro was eliminated. | |
5049 | ||
5050 | Many WIN32_WCE #ifdefs were removed. | |
5051 | ||
5052 | The functions png_read_init(info_ptr), png_write_init(info_ptr), | |
5053 | png_info_init(info_ptr), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy() | |
5054 | have been removed. They have been deprecated since libpng-0.95. | |
5055 | ||
5056 | The png_permit_empty_plte() was removed. It has been deprecated | |
5057 | since libpng-1.0.9. Use png_permit_mng_features() instead. | |
5058 | ||
5059 | We removed the obsolete stub functions png_get_mmx_flagmask(), | |
5060 | png_set_mmx_thresholds(), png_get_asm_flags(), | |
5061 | png_get_mmx_bitdepth_threshold(), png_get_mmx_rowbytes_threshold(), | |
5062 | png_set_asm_flags(), and png_mmx_supported() | |
5063 | ||
5064 | We removed the obsolete png_check_sig(), png_memcpy_check(), and | |
5065 | png_memset_check() functions. Instead use !png_sig_cmp(), memcpy(), | |
5066 | and memset(), respectively. | |
5067 | ||
5068 | The function png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was removed. It has been | |
5069 | deprecated since libpng-1.0.18 and 1.2.9, when it was replaced with | |
5070 | png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() because the former function also | |
5071 | expanded any tRNS chunk to an alpha channel. | |
5072 | ||
5073 | Macros for png_get_uint_16, png_get_uint_32, and png_get_int_32 | |
5074 | were added and are used by default instead of the corresponding | |
5075 | functions. Unfortunately, | |
5076 | from libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the | |
5077 | function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32. | |
5078 | ||
5079 | We changed the prototype for png_malloc() from | |
5080 | png_malloc(png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 size) | |
5081 | to | |
5082 | png_malloc(png_structp png_ptr, png_alloc_size_t size) | |
5083 | ||
5084 | This also applies to the prototype for the user replacement malloc_fn(). | |
5085 | ||
5086 | The png_calloc() function was added and is used in place of | |
5087 | of "png_malloc(); memset();" except in the case in png_read_png() | |
5088 | where the array consists of pointers; in this case a "for" loop is used | |
5089 | after the png_malloc() to set the pointers to NULL, to give robust. | |
5090 | behavior in case the application runs out of memory part-way through | |
5091 | the process. | |
5092 | ||
5093 | We changed the prototypes of png_get_compression_buffer_size() and | |
5094 | png_set_compression_buffer_size() to work with png_size_t instead of | |
5095 | png_uint_32. | |
5096 | ||
5097 | Support for numbered error messages was removed by default, since we | |
5098 | never got around to actually numbering the error messages. The function | |
5099 | png_set_strip_error_numbers() was removed from the library by default. | |
5100 | ||
5101 | The png_zalloc() and png_zfree() functions are no longer exported. | |
5102 | The png_zalloc() function no longer zeroes out the memory that it | |
5103 | allocates. | |
5104 | ||
5105 | Support for dithering was disabled by default in libpng-1.4.0, because | |
5106 | it has not been well tested and doesn't actually "dither". | |
5107 | The code was not | |
5108 | removed, however, and could be enabled by building libpng with | |
5109 | PNG_READ_DITHER_SUPPORTED defined. In libpng-1.4.2, this support | |
5110 | was reenabled, but the function was renamed png_set_quantize() to | |
5111 | reflect more accurately what it actually does. At the same time, | |
5112 | the PNG_DITHER_[RED,GREEN_BLUE]_BITS macros were also renamed to | |
5113 | PNG_QUANTIZE_[RED,GREEN,BLUE]_BITS, and PNG_READ_DITHER_SUPPORTED | |
5114 | was renamed to PNG_READ_QUANTIZE_SUPPORTED. | |
5115 | ||
5116 | We removed the trailing '.' from the warning and error messages. | |
5117 | ||
5118 | .SH X. Changes to Libpng from version 1.4.x to 1.5.x | |
5119 | ||
5120 | From libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the | |
5121 | function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32. | |
5122 | ||
5123 | A. Changes that affect users of libpng | |
5124 | ||
5125 | There are no substantial API changes between the non-deprecated parts of | |
5126 | the 1.4.5 API and the 1.5.0 API, however the ability to directly access | |
5127 | the main libpng control structures, png_struct and png_info, deprecated | |
5128 | in earlier versions of libpng, has been completely removed from | |
5129 | libpng 1.5. | |
5130 | ||
5131 | We no longer include zlib.h in png.h. Applications that need access | |
5132 | to information in zlib.h will need to add the '#include "zlib.h"' | |
5133 | directive. It does not matter whether it is placed prior to or after | |
5134 | the '"#include png.h"' directive. | |
5135 | ||
5136 | We moved the png_strcpy(), png_strncpy(), png_strlen(), png_memcpy(), | |
5137 | png_memcmp(), png_sprintf, and png_memcpy() macros into a private | |
5138 | header file (pngpriv.h) that is not accessible to applications. | |
5139 | ||
5140 | In png_get_iCCP, the type of "profile" was changed from png_charpp | |
5141 | to png_bytepp, and in png_set_iCCP, from png_charp to png_const_bytep. | |
5142 | ||
5143 | There are changes of form in png.h, including new and changed macros to | |
5144 | declare parts of the API. Some API functions with arguments that are | |
5145 | pointers to data not modified within the function have been corrected to | |
5146 | declare these arguments with PNG_CONST. | |
5147 | ||
5148 | Much of the internal use of C macros to control the library build has also | |
5149 | changed and some of this is visible in the exported header files, in | |
5150 | particular the use of macros to control data and API elements visible | |
5151 | during application compilation may require significant revision to | |
5152 | application code. (It is extremely rare for an application to do this.) | |
5153 | ||
5154 | Any program that compiled against libpng 1.4 and did not use deprecated | |
5155 | features or access internal library structures should compile and work | |
5156 | against libpng 1.5, except for the change in the prototype for | |
5157 | png_get_iCCP() and png_set_iCCP() API functions mentioned above. | |
5158 | ||
5159 | libpng 1.5.0 adds PNG_ PASS macros to help in the reading and writing of | |
5160 | interlaced images. The macros return the number of rows and columns in | |
5161 | each pass and information that can be used to de-interlace and (if | |
5162 | absolutely necessary) interlace an image. | |
5163 | ||
5164 | libpng 1.5.0 adds an API png_longjmp(png_ptr, value). This API calls | |
5165 | the application-provided png_longjmp_ptr on the internal, but application | |
5166 | initialized, longjmp buffer. It is provided as a convenience to avoid | |
5167 | the need to use the png_jmpbuf macro, which had the unnecessary side | |
5168 | effect of resetting the internal png_longjmp_ptr value. | |
5169 | ||
5170 | libpng 1.5.0 includes a complete fixed point API. By default this is | |
5171 | present along with the corresponding floating point API. In general the | |
5172 | fixed point API is faster and smaller than the floating point one because | |
5173 | the PNG file format used fixed point, not floating point. This applies | |
5174 | even if the library uses floating point in internal calculations. A new | |
5175 | macro, PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED, reveals whether the library | |
5176 | uses floating point arithmetic (the default) or fixed point arithmetic | |
5177 | internally for performance critical calculations such as gamma correction. | |
5178 | In some cases, the gamma calculations may produce slightly different | |
5179 | results. This has changed the results in png_rgb_to_gray and in alpha | |
5180 | composition (png_set_background for example). This applies even if the | |
5181 | original image was already linear (gamma == 1.0) and, therefore, it is | |
5182 | not necessary to linearize the image. This is because libpng has *not* | |
5183 | been changed to optimize that case correctly, yet. | |
5184 | ||
5185 | Fixed point support for the sCAL chunk comes with an important caveat; | |
5186 | the sCAL specification uses a decimal encoding of floating point values | |
5187 | and the accuracy of PNG fixed point values is insufficient for | |
5188 | representation of these values. Consequently a "string" API | |
5189 | (png_get_sCAL_s and png_set_sCAL_s) is the only reliable way of reading | |
5190 | arbitrary sCAL chunks in the absence of either the floating point API or | |
5191 | internal floating point calculations. | |
5192 | ||
5193 | Applications no longer need to include the optional distribution header | |
5194 | file pngusr.h or define the corresponding macros during application | |
5195 | build in order to see the correct variant of the libpng API. From 1.5.0 | |
5196 | application code can check for the corresponding _SUPPORTED macro: | |
5197 | ||
5198 | #ifdef PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED | |
5199 | /* code that uses the inch conversion APIs. */ | |
5200 | #endif | |
5201 | ||
5202 | This macro will only be defined if the inch conversion functions have been | |
5203 | compiled into libpng. The full set of macros, and whether or not support | |
5204 | has been compiled in, are available in the header file pnglibconf.h. | |
5205 | This header file is specific to the libpng build. Notice that prior to | |
5206 | 1.5.0 the _SUPPORTED macros would always have the default definition unless | |
5207 | reset by pngusr.h or by explicit settings on the compiler command line. | |
5208 | These settings may produce compiler warnings or errors in 1.5.0 because | |
5209 | of macro redefinition. | |
5210 | ||
5211 | From libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the | |
5212 | function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32. libpng 1.5.0 | |
5213 | is consistent with the implementation in 1.4.5 and 1.2.x (where the macro | |
5214 | did not exist.) | |
5215 | ||
5216 | Applications can now choose whether to use these macros or to call the | |
5217 | corresponding function by defining PNG_USE_READ_MACROS or | |
5218 | PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS before including png.h. Notice that this is | |
5219 | only supported from 1.5.0 -defining PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS prior to 1.5.0 | |
5220 | will lead to a link failure. | |
5221 | ||
5222 | Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the zlib compressor used the same set of parameters | |
5223 | when compressing the IDAT data and textual data such as zTXt and iCCP. | |
5224 | In libpng-1.5.4 we reinitialized the zlib stream for each type of data. | |
5225 | We added five png_set_text_*() functions for setting the parameters to | |
5226 | use with textual data. | |
5227 | ||
5228 | Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the PNG_READ_16_TO_8_ACCURATE_SCALE_SUPPORTED | |
5229 | option was off by default, and slightly inaccurate scaling occurred. | |
5230 | This option can no longer be turned off, and the choice of accurate | |
5231 | or inaccurate 16-to-8 scaling is by using the new png_set_scale_16_to_8() | |
5232 | API for accurate scaling or the old png_set_strip_16_to_8() API for simple | |
5233 | chopping. | |
5234 | ||
5235 | Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the png_set_user_limits() function could only be | |
5236 | used to reduce the width and height limits from the value of | |
5237 | PNG_USER_WIDTH_MAX and PNG_USER_HEIGHT_MAX, although this document said | |
5238 | that it could be used to override them. Now this function will reduce or | |
5239 | increase the limits. | |
5240 | ||
5241 | B. Changes to the build and configuration of libpng | |
5242 | ||
5243 | Details of internal changes to the library code can be found in the CHANGES | |
5244 | file and in the GIT repository logs. These will be of no concern to the vast | |
5245 | majority of library users or builders, however the few who configure libpng | |
5246 | to a non-default feature set may need to change how this is done. | |
5247 | ||
5248 | There should be no need for library builders to alter build scripts if | |
5249 | these use the distributed build support - configure or the makefiles - | |
5250 | however users of the makefiles may care to update their build scripts | |
5251 | to build pnglibconf.h where the corresponding makefile does not do so. | |
5252 | ||
5253 | Building libpng with a non-default configuration has changed completely. | |
5254 | The old method using pngusr.h should still work correctly even though the | |
5255 | way pngusr.h is used in the build has been changed; however, library | |
5256 | builders will probably want to examine the changes to take advantage of | |
5257 | new capabilities and to simplify their build system. | |
5258 | ||
5259 | B.1 Specific changes to library configuration capabilities | |
5260 | ||
5261 | The library now supports a complete fixed point implementation and can | |
5262 | thus be used on systems that have no floating point support or very | |
5263 | limited or slow support. Previously gamma correction, an essential part | |
5264 | of complete PNG support, required reasonably fast floating point. | |
5265 | ||
5266 | As part of this the choice of internal implementation has been made | |
5267 | independent of the choice of fixed versus floating point APIs and all the | |
5268 | missing fixed point APIs have been implemented. | |
5269 | ||
5270 | The exact mechanism used to control attributes of API functions has | |
5271 | changed. A single set of operating system independent macro definitions | |
5272 | is used and operating system specific directives are defined in | |
5273 | pnglibconf.h | |
5274 | ||
5275 | As part of this the mechanism used to choose procedure call standards on | |
5276 | those systems that allow a choice has been changed. At present this only | |
5277 | affects certain Microsoft (DOS, Windows) and IBM (OS/2) operating systems | |
5278 | running on Intel processors. As before, PNGAPI is defined where required | |
5279 | to control the exported API functions; however, two new macros, PNGCBAPI | |
5280 | and PNGCAPI, are used instead for callback functions (PNGCBAPI) and | |
5281 | (PNGCAPI) for functions that must match a C library prototype (currently | |
5282 | only png_longjmp_ptr, which must match the C longjmp function.) The new | |
5283 | approach is documented in pngconf.h | |
5284 | ||
5285 | Despite these changes, libpng 1.5.0 only supports the native C function | |
5286 | calling standard on those platforms tested so far (__cdecl on Microsoft | |
5287 | Windows). This is because the support requirements for alternative | |
5288 | calling conventions seem to no longer exist. Developers who find it | |
5289 | necessary to set PNG_API_RULE to 1 should advise the mailing list | |
5290 | (png-mng-implement) of this and library builders who use Openwatcom and | |
5291 | therefore set PNG_API_RULE to 2 should also contact the mailing list. | |
5292 | ||
5293 | A new test program, pngvalid, is provided in addition to pngtest. | |
5294 | pngvalid validates the arithmetic accuracy of the gamma correction | |
5295 | calculations and includes a number of validations of the file format. | |
5296 | A subset of the full range of tests is run when "make check" is done | |
5297 | (in the 'configure' build.) pngvalid also allows total allocated memory | |
5298 | usage to be evaluated and performs additional memory overwrite validation. | |
5299 | ||
5300 | Many changes to individual feature macros have been made. The following | |
5301 | are the changes most likely to be noticed by library builders who | |
5302 | configure libpng: | |
5303 | ||
5304 | 1) All feature macros now have consistent naming: | |
5305 | ||
5306 | #define PNG_NO_feature turns the feature off | |
5307 | #define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED turns the feature on | |
5308 | ||
5309 | pnglibconf.h contains one line for each feature macro which is either: | |
5310 | ||
5311 | #define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED | |
5312 | ||
5313 | if the feature is supported or: | |
5314 | ||
5315 | /*#undef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED*/ | |
5316 | ||
5317 | if it is not. Library code consistently checks for the 'SUPPORTED' macro. | |
5318 | It does not, and libpng applications should not, check for the 'NO' macro | |
5319 | which will not normally be defined even if the feature is not supported. | |
5320 | The 'NO' macros are only used internally for setting or not setting the | |
5321 | corresponding 'SUPPORTED' macros. | |
5322 | ||
5323 | Compatibility with the old names is provided as follows: | |
5324 | ||
5325 | PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS turns on PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED | |
5326 | ||
5327 | And the following definitions disable the corresponding feature: | |
5328 | ||
5329 | PNG_SETJMP_NOT_SUPPORTED disables SETJMP | |
5330 | PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables READ_TRANSFORMS | |
5331 | PNG_NO_READ_COMPOSITED_NODIV disables READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV | |
5332 | PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables WRITE_TRANSFORMS | |
5333 | PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS | |
5334 | PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS | |
5335 | ||
5336 | Library builders should remove use of the above, inconsistent, names. | |
5337 | ||
5338 | 2) Warning and error message formatting was previously conditional on | |
5339 | the STDIO feature. The library has been changed to use the | |
5340 | CONSOLE_IO feature instead. This means that if CONSOLE_IO is disabled | |
5341 | the library no longer uses the printf(3) functions, even though the | |
5342 | default read/write implementations use (FILE) style stdio.h functions. | |
5343 | ||
5344 | 3) Three feature macros now control the fixed/floating point decisions: | |
5345 | ||
5346 | PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED enables the floating point APIs | |
5347 | ||
5348 | PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED enables the fixed point APIs; however, in | |
5349 | practice these are normally required internally anyway (because the PNG | |
5350 | file format is fixed point), therefore in most cases PNG_NO_FIXED_POINT | |
5351 | merely stops the function from being exported. | |
5352 | ||
5353 | PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED chooses between the internal floating | |
5354 | point implementation or the fixed point one. Typically the fixed point | |
5355 | implementation is larger and slower than the floating point implementation | |
5356 | on a system that supports floating point, however it may be faster on a | |
5357 | system which lacks floating point hardware and therefore uses a software | |
5358 | emulation. | |
5359 | ||
5360 | 4) Added PNG_{READ,WRITE}_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED. This allows the | |
5361 | functions to read and write ints to be disabled independently of | |
5362 | PNG_USE_READ_MACROS, which allows libpng to be built with the functions | |
5363 | even though the default is to use the macros - this allows applications | |
5364 | to choose at app buildtime whether or not to use macros (previously | |
5365 | impossible because the functions weren't in the default build.) | |
5366 | ||
5367 | B.2 Changes to the configuration mechanism | |
5368 | ||
5369 | Prior to libpng-1.5.0 library builders who needed to configure libpng | |
5370 | had either to modify the exported pngconf.h header file to add system | |
5371 | specific configuration or had to write feature selection macros into | |
5372 | pngusr.h and cause this to be included into pngconf.h by defining | |
5373 | PNG_USER_CONFIG. The latter mechanism had the disadvantage that an | |
5374 | application built without PNG_USER_CONFIG defined would see the | |
5375 | unmodified, default, libpng API and thus would probably fail to link. | |
5376 | ||
5377 | These mechanisms still work in the configure build and in any makefile | |
5378 | build that builds pnglibconf.h, although the feature selection macros | |
5379 | have changed somewhat as described above. In 1.5.0, however, pngusr.h is | |
5380 | processed only once, when the exported header file pnglibconf.h is built. | |
5381 | pngconf.h no longer includes pngusr.h, therefore pngusr.h is ignored after the | |
5382 | build of pnglibconf.h and it is never included in an application build. | |
5383 | ||
5384 | The rarely used alternative of adding a list of feature macros to the | |
5385 | CFLAGS setting in the build also still works, however the macros will be | |
5386 | copied to pnglibconf.h and this may produce macro redefinition warnings | |
5387 | when the individual C files are compiled. | |
5388 | ||
5389 | All configuration now only works if pnglibconf.h is built from | |
5390 | scripts/pnglibconf.dfa. This requires the program awk. Brian Kernighan | |
5391 | (the original author of awk) maintains C source code of that awk and this | |
5392 | and all known later implementations (often called by subtly different | |
5393 | names - nawk and gawk for example) are adequate to build pnglibconf.h. | |
5394 | The Sun Microsystems (now Oracle) program 'awk' is an earlier version | |
5395 | and does not work; this may also apply to other systems that have a | |
5396 | functioning awk called 'nawk'. | |
5397 | ||
5398 | Configuration options are now documented in scripts/pnglibconf.dfa. This | |
5399 | file also includes dependency information that ensures a configuration is | |
5400 | consistent; that is, if a feature is switched off dependent features are | |
5401 | also removed. As a recommended alternative to using feature macros in | |
5402 | pngusr.h a system builder may also define equivalent options in pngusr.dfa | |
5403 | (or, indeed, any file) and add that to the configuration by setting | |
5404 | DFA_XTRA to the file name. The makefiles in contrib/pngminim illustrate | |
5405 | how to do this, and a case where pngusr.h is still required. | |
5406 | ||
5407 | .SH XI. Detecting libpng | |
5408 | ||
5409 | The png_get_io_ptr() function has been present since libpng-0.88, has never | |
5410 | changed, and is unaffected by conditional compilation macros. It is the | |
5411 | best choice for use in configure scripts for detecting the presence of any | |
5412 | libpng version since 0.88. In an autoconf "configure.in" you could use | |
5413 | ||
5414 | AC_CHECK_LIB(png, png_get_io_ptr, ... | |
5415 | ||
5416 | .SH XII. Source code repository | |
5417 | ||
5418 | Since about February 2009, version 1.2.34, libpng has been under "git" source | |
5419 | control. The git repository was built from old libpng-x.y.z.tar.gz files | |
5420 | going back to version 0.70. You can access the git repository (read only) | |
5421 | at | |
5422 | ||
5423 | git://libpng.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/libpng | |
5424 | ||
5425 | or you can browse it via "gitweb" at | |
5426 | ||
5427 | http://libpng.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=libpng | |
5428 | ||
5429 | Patches can be sent to glennrp at users.sourceforge.net or to | |
5430 | png-mng-implement at lists.sourceforge.net or you can upload them to | |
5431 | the libpng bug tracker at | |
5432 | ||
5433 | http://libpng.sourceforge.net | |
5434 | ||
5435 | We also accept patches built from the tar or zip distributions, and | |
5436 | simple verbal discriptions of bug fixes, reported either to the | |
5437 | SourceForge bug tracker, to the png-mng-implement at lists.sf.net | |
5438 | mailing list, or directly to glennrp. | |
5439 | ||
5440 | .SH XIII. Coding style | |
5441 | ||
5442 | Our coding style is similar to the "Allman" style, with curly | |
5443 | braces on separate lines: | |
5444 | ||
5445 | if (condition) | |
5446 | { | |
5447 | action; | |
5448 | } | |
5449 | ||
5450 | else if (another condition) | |
5451 | { | |
5452 | another action; | |
5453 | } | |
5454 | ||
5455 | The braces can be omitted from simple one-line actions: | |
5456 | ||
5457 | if (condition) | |
5458 | return (0); | |
5459 | ||
5460 | We use 3-space indentation, except for continued statements which | |
5461 | are usually indented the same as the first line of the statement | |
5462 | plus four more spaces. | |
5463 | ||
5464 | For macro definitions we use 2-space indentation, always leaving the "#" | |
5465 | in the first column. | |
5466 | ||
5467 | #ifndef PNG_NO_FEATURE | |
5468 | # ifndef PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED | |
5469 | # define PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED | |
5470 | # endif | |
5471 | #endif | |
5472 | ||
5473 | Comments appear with the leading "/*" at the same indentation as | |
5474 | the statement that follows the comment: | |
5475 | ||
5476 | /* Single-line comment */ | |
5477 | statement; | |
5478 | ||
5479 | /* This is a multiple-line | |
5480 | * comment. | |
5481 | */ | |
5482 | statement; | |
5483 | ||
5484 | Very short comments can be placed after the end of the statement | |
5485 | to which they pertain: | |
5486 | ||
5487 | statement; /* comment */ | |
5488 | ||
5489 | We don't use C++ style ("//") comments. We have, however, | |
5490 | used them in the past in some now-abandoned MMX assembler | |
5491 | code. | |
5492 | ||
5493 | Functions and their curly braces are not indented, and | |
5494 | exported functions are marked with PNGAPI: | |
5495 | ||
5496 | /* This is a public function that is visible to | |
5497 | * application programmers. It does thus-and-so. | |
5498 | */ | |
5499 | void PNGAPI | |
5500 | png_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo) | |
5501 | { | |
5502 | body; | |
5503 | } | |
5504 | ||
5505 | The prototypes for all exported functions appear in png.h, | |
5506 | above the comment that says | |
5507 | ||
5508 | /* Maintainer: Put new public prototypes here ... */ | |
5509 | ||
5510 | We mark all non-exported functions with "/* PRIVATE */"": | |
5511 | ||
5512 | void /* PRIVATE */ | |
5513 | png_non_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo) | |
5514 | { | |
5515 | body; | |
5516 | } | |
5517 | ||
5518 | The prototypes for non-exported functions (except for those in | |
5519 | pngtest) appear in | |
5520 | pngpriv.h | |
5521 | above the comment that says | |
5522 | ||
5523 | /* Maintainer: Put new private prototypes here ^ and in libpngpf.3 */ | |
5524 | ||
5525 | To avoid polluting the global namespace, the names of all exported | |
5526 | functions and variables begin with "png_", and all publicly visible C | |
5527 | preprocessor macros begin with "PNG_". We request that applications that | |
5528 | use libpng *not* begin any of their own symbols with either of these strings. | |
5529 | ||
5530 | We put a space after each comma and after each semicolon | |
5531 | in "for" statements, and we put spaces before and after each | |
5532 | C binary operator and after "for" or "while", and before | |
5533 | "?". We don't put a space between a typecast and the expression | |
5534 | being cast, nor do we put one between a function name and the | |
5535 | left parenthesis that follows it: | |
5536 | ||
5537 | for (i = 2; i > 0; --i) | |
5538 | y[i] = a(x) + (int)b; | |
5539 | ||
5540 | We prefer #ifdef and #ifndef to #if defined() and if !defined() | |
5541 | when there is only one macro being tested. | |
5542 | ||
5543 | We prefer to express integers that are used as bit masks in hex format, | |
5544 | with an even number of lower-case hex digits (e.g., 0x00, 0xff, 0x0100). | |
5545 | ||
5546 | We do not use the TAB character for indentation in the C sources. | |
5547 | ||
5548 | Lines do not exceed 80 characters. | |
5549 | ||
5550 | Other rules can be inferred by inspecting the libpng source. | |
5551 | ||
5552 | .SH XIV. Y2K Compliance in libpng | |
5553 | ||
5554 | December 15, 2011 | |
5555 | ||
5556 | Since the PNG Development group is an ad-hoc body, we can't make | |
5557 | an official declaration. | |
5558 | ||
5559 | This is your unofficial assurance that libpng from version 0.71 and | |
5560 | upward through 1.5.7 are Y2K compliant. It is my belief that earlier | |
5561 | versions were also Y2K compliant. | |
5562 | ||
5563 | Libpng only has three year fields. One is a 2-byte unsigned integer that | |
5564 | will hold years up to 65535. The other two hold the date in text | |
5565 | format, and will hold years up to 9999. | |
5566 | ||
5567 | The integer is | |
5568 | "png_uint_16 year" in png_time_struct. | |
5569 | ||
5570 | The strings are | |
5571 | "png_charp time_buffer" in png_struct and | |
5572 | "near_time_buffer", which is a local character string in png.c. | |
5573 | ||
5574 | There are seven time-related functions: | |
5575 | ||
5576 | png_convert_to_rfc_1123() in png.c | |
5577 | (formerly png_convert_to_rfc_1152() in error) | |
5578 | png_convert_from_struct_tm() in pngwrite.c, called | |
5579 | in pngwrite.c | |
5580 | png_convert_from_time_t() in pngwrite.c | |
5581 | png_get_tIME() in pngget.c | |
5582 | png_handle_tIME() in pngrutil.c, called in pngread.c | |
5583 | png_set_tIME() in pngset.c | |
5584 | png_write_tIME() in pngwutil.c, called in pngwrite.c | |
5585 | ||
5586 | All appear to handle dates properly in a Y2K environment. The | |
5587 | png_convert_from_time_t() function calls gmtime() to convert from system | |
5588 | clock time, which returns (year - 1900), which we properly convert to | |
5589 | the full 4-digit year. There is a possibility that applications using | |
5590 | libpng are not passing 4-digit years into the png_convert_to_rfc_1123() | |
5591 | function, or that they are incorrectly passing only a 2-digit year | |
5592 | instead of "year - 1900" into the png_convert_from_struct_tm() function, | |
5593 | but this is not under our control. The libpng documentation has always | |
5594 | stated that it works with 4-digit years, and the APIs have been | |
5595 | documented as such. | |
5596 | ||
5597 | The tIME chunk itself is also Y2K compliant. It uses a 2-byte unsigned | |
5598 | integer to hold the year, and can hold years as large as 65535. | |
5599 | ||
5600 | zlib, upon which libpng depends, is also Y2K compliant. It contains | |
5601 | no date-related code. | |
5602 | ||
5603 | ||
5604 | Glenn Randers-Pehrson | |
5605 | libpng maintainer | |
5606 | PNG Development Group | |
5607 | ||
5608 | .SH NOTE | |
5609 | ||
5610 | Note about libpng version numbers: | |
5611 | ||
5612 | Due to various miscommunications, unforeseen code incompatibilities | |
5613 | and occasional factors outside the authors' control, version numbering | |
5614 | on the library has not always been consistent and straightforward. | |
5615 | The following table summarizes matters since version 0.89c, which was | |
5616 | the first widely used release: | |
5617 | ||
5618 | source png.h png.h shared-lib | |
5619 | version string int version | |
5620 | ------- ------ ----- ---------- | |
5621 | 0.89c ("beta 3") 0.89 89 1.0.89 | |
5622 | 0.90 ("beta 4") 0.90 90 0.90 | |
5623 | 0.95 ("beta 5") 0.95 95 0.95 | |
5624 | 0.96 ("beta 6") 0.96 96 0.96 | |
5625 | 0.97b ("beta 7") 1.00.97 97 1.0.1 | |
5626 | 0.97c 0.97 97 2.0.97 | |
5627 | 0.98 0.98 98 2.0.98 | |
5628 | 0.99 0.99 98 2.0.99 | |
5629 | 0.99a-m 0.99 99 2.0.99 | |
5630 | 1.00 1.00 100 2.1.0 | |
5631 | 1.0.0 1.0.0 100 2.1.0 | |
5632 | 1.0.0 (from here on, the 100 2.1.0 | |
5633 | 1.0.1 png.h string is 10001 2.1.0 | |
5634 | 1.0.1a-e identical to the 10002 from here on, the | |
5635 | 1.0.2 source version) 10002 shared library is 2.V | |
5636 | 1.0.2a-b 10003 where V is the source | |
5637 | 1.0.1 10001 code version except as | |
5638 | 1.0.1a-e 10002 2.1.0.1a-e noted. | |
5639 | 1.0.2 10002 2.1.0.2 | |
5640 | 1.0.2a-b 10003 2.1.0.2a-b | |
5641 | 1.0.3 10003 2.1.0.3 | |
5642 | 1.0.3a-d 10004 2.1.0.3a-d | |
5643 | 1.0.4 10004 2.1.0.4 | |
5644 | 1.0.4a-f 10005 2.1.0.4a-f | |
5645 | 1.0.5 (+ 2 patches) 10005 2.1.0.5 | |
5646 | 1.0.5a-d 10006 2.1.0.5a-d | |
5647 | 1.0.5e-r 10100 2.1.0.5e-r | |
5648 | 1.0.5s-v 10006 2.1.0.5s-v | |
5649 | 1.0.6 (+ 3 patches) 10006 2.1.0.6 | |
5650 | 1.0.6d-g 10007 2.1.0.6d-g | |
5651 | 1.0.6h 10007 10.6h | |
5652 | 1.0.6i 10007 10.6i | |
5653 | 1.0.6j 10007 2.1.0.6j | |
5654 | 1.0.7beta11-14 DLLNUM 10007 2.1.0.7beta11-14 | |
5655 | 1.0.7beta15-18 1 10007 2.1.0.7beta15-18 | |
5656 | 1.0.7rc1-2 1 10007 2.1.0.7rc1-2 | |
5657 | 1.0.7 1 10007 2.1.0.7 | |
5658 | 1.0.8beta1-4 1 10008 2.1.0.8beta1-4 | |
5659 | 1.0.8rc1 1 10008 2.1.0.8rc1 | |
5660 | 1.0.8 1 10008 2.1.0.8 | |
5661 | 1.0.9beta1-6 1 10009 2.1.0.9beta1-6 | |
5662 | 1.0.9rc1 1 10009 2.1.0.9rc1 | |
5663 | 1.0.9beta7-10 1 10009 2.1.0.9beta7-10 | |
5664 | 1.0.9rc2 1 10009 2.1.0.9rc2 | |
5665 | 1.0.9 1 10009 2.1.0.9 | |
5666 | 1.0.10beta1 1 10010 2.1.0.10beta1 | |
5667 | 1.0.10rc1 1 10010 2.1.0.10rc1 | |
5668 | 1.0.10 1 10010 2.1.0.10 | |
5669 | 1.0.11beta1-3 1 10011 2.1.0.11beta1-3 | |
5670 | 1.0.11rc1 1 10011 2.1.0.11rc1 | |
5671 | 1.0.11 1 10011 2.1.0.11 | |
5672 | 1.0.12beta1-2 2 10012 2.1.0.12beta1-2 | |
5673 | 1.0.12rc1 2 10012 2.1.0.12rc1 | |
5674 | 1.0.12 2 10012 2.1.0.12 | |
5675 | 1.1.0a-f - 10100 2.1.1.0a-f abandoned | |
5676 | 1.2.0beta1-2 2 10200 2.1.2.0beta1-2 | |
5677 | 1.2.0beta3-5 3 10200 3.1.2.0beta3-5 | |
5678 | 1.2.0rc1 3 10200 3.1.2.0rc1 | |
5679 | 1.2.0 3 10200 3.1.2.0 | |
5680 | 1.2.1beta-4 3 10201 3.1.2.1beta1-4 | |
5681 | 1.2.1rc1-2 3 10201 3.1.2.1rc1-2 | |
5682 | 1.2.1 3 10201 3.1.2.1 | |
5683 | 1.2.2beta1-6 12 10202 12.so.0.1.2.2beta1-6 | |
5684 | 1.0.13beta1 10 10013 10.so.0.1.0.13beta1 | |
5685 | 1.0.13rc1 10 10013 10.so.0.1.0.13rc1 | |
5686 | 1.2.2rc1 12 10202 12.so.0.1.2.2rc1 | |
5687 | 1.0.13 10 10013 10.so.0.1.0.13 | |
5688 | 1.2.2 12 10202 12.so.0.1.2.2 | |
5689 | 1.2.3rc1-6 12 10203 12.so.0.1.2.3rc1-6 | |
5690 | 1.2.3 12 10203 12.so.0.1.2.3 | |
5691 | 1.2.4beta1-3 13 10204 12.so.0.1.2.4beta1-3 | |
5692 | 1.2.4rc1 13 10204 12.so.0.1.2.4rc1 | |
5693 | 1.0.14 10 10014 10.so.0.1.0.14 | |
5694 | 1.2.4 13 10204 12.so.0.1.2.4 | |
5695 | 1.2.5beta1-2 13 10205 12.so.0.1.2.5beta1-2 | |
5696 | 1.0.15rc1 10 10015 10.so.0.1.0.15rc1 | |
5697 | 1.0.15 10 10015 10.so.0.1.0.15 | |
5698 | 1.2.5 13 10205 12.so.0.1.2.5 | |
5699 | 1.2.6beta1-4 13 10206 12.so.0.1.2.6beta1-4 | |
5700 | 1.2.6rc1-5 13 10206 12.so.0.1.2.6rc1-5 | |
5701 | 1.0.16 10 10016 10.so.0.1.0.16 | |
5702 | 1.2.6 13 10206 12.so.0.1.2.6 | |
5703 | 1.2.7beta1-2 13 10207 12.so.0.1.2.7beta1-2 | |
5704 | 1.0.17rc1 10 10017 12.so.0.1.0.17rc1 | |
5705 | 1.2.7rc1 13 10207 12.so.0.1.2.7rc1 | |
5706 | 1.0.17 10 10017 12.so.0.1.0.17 | |
5707 | 1.2.7 13 10207 12.so.0.1.2.7 | |
5708 | 1.2.8beta1-5 13 10208 12.so.0.1.2.8beta1-5 | |
5709 | 1.0.18rc1-5 10 10018 12.so.0.1.0.18rc1-5 | |
5710 | 1.2.8rc1-5 13 10208 12.so.0.1.2.8rc1-5 | |
5711 | 1.0.18 10 10018 12.so.0.1.0.18 | |
5712 | 1.2.8 13 10208 12.so.0.1.2.8 | |
5713 | 1.2.9beta1-3 13 10209 12.so.0.1.2.9beta1-3 | |
5714 | 1.2.9beta4-11 13 10209 12.so.0.9[.0] | |
5715 | 1.2.9rc1 13 10209 12.so.0.9[.0] | |
5716 | 1.2.9 13 10209 12.so.0.9[.0] | |
5717 | 1.2.10beta1-7 13 10210 12.so.0.10[.0] | |
5718 | 1.2.10rc1-2 13 10210 12.so.0.10[.0] | |
5719 | 1.2.10 13 10210 12.so.0.10[.0] | |
5720 | 1.4.0beta1-6 14 10400 14.so.0.0[.0] | |
5721 | 1.2.11beta1-4 13 10210 12.so.0.11[.0] | |
5722 | 1.4.0beta7-8 14 10400 14.so.0.0[.0] | |
5723 | 1.2.11 13 10211 12.so.0.11[.0] | |
5724 | 1.2.12 13 10212 12.so.0.12[.0] | |
5725 | 1.4.0beta9-14 14 10400 14.so.0.0[.0] | |
5726 | 1.2.13 13 10213 12.so.0.13[.0] | |
5727 | 1.4.0beta15-36 14 10400 14.so.0.0[.0] | |
5728 | 1.4.0beta37-87 14 10400 14.so.14.0[.0] | |
5729 | 1.4.0rc01 14 10400 14.so.14.0[.0] | |
5730 | 1.4.0beta88-109 14 10400 14.so.14.0[.0] | |
5731 | 1.4.0rc02-08 14 10400 14.so.14.0[.0] | |
5732 | 1.4.0 14 10400 14.so.14.0[.0] | |
5733 | 1.4.1beta01-03 14 10401 14.so.14.1[.0] | |
5734 | 1.4.1rc01 14 10401 14.so.14.1[.0] | |
5735 | 1.4.1beta04-12 14 10401 14.so.14.1[.0] | |
5736 | 1.4.1 14 10401 14.so.14.1[.0] | |
5737 | 1.4.2 14 10402 14.so.14.2[.0] | |
5738 | 1.4.3 14 10403 14.so.14.3[.0] | |
5739 | 1.4.4 14 10404 14.so.14.4[.0] | |
5740 | 1.5.0beta01-58 15 10500 15.so.15.0[.0] | |
5741 | 1.5.0rc01-07 15 10500 15.so.15.0[.0] | |
5742 | 1.5.0 15 10500 15.so.15.0[.0] | |
5743 | 1.5.1beta01-11 15 10501 15.so.15.1[.0] | |
5744 | 1.5.1rc01-02 15 10501 15.so.15.1[.0] | |
5745 | 1.5.1 15 10501 15.so.15.1[.0] | |
5746 | 1.5.2beta01-03 15 10502 15.so.15.2[.0] | |
5747 | 1.5.2rc01-03 15 10502 15.so.15.2[.0] | |
5748 | 1.5.2 15 10502 15.so.15.2[.0] | |
5749 | 1.5.3beta01-10 15 10503 15.so.15.3[.0] | |
5750 | 1.5.3rc01-02 15 10503 15.so.15.3[.0] | |
5751 | 1.5.3beta11 15 10503 15.so.15.3[.0] | |
5752 | 1.5.3 [omitted] | |
5753 | 1.5.4beta01-08 15 10504 15.so.15.4[.0] | |
5754 | 1.5.4rc01 15 10504 15.so.15.4[.0] | |
5755 | 1.5.4 15 10504 15.so.15.4[.0] | |
5756 | 1.5.5beta01-08 15 10505 15.so.15.5[.0] | |
5757 | 1.5.5rc01 15 10505 15.so.15.5[.0] | |
5758 | 1.5.5 15 10505 15.so.15.5[.0] | |
5759 | 1.5.6beta01-07 15 10506 15.so.15.6[.0] | |
5760 | 1.5.6rc01-03 15 10506 15.so.15.6[.0] | |
5761 | 1.5.6 15 10506 15.so.15.6[.0] | |
5762 | 1.5.7beta01-05 15 10507 15.so.15.7[.0] | |
5763 | 1.5.7rc01-03 15 10507 15.so.15.7[.0] | |
5764 | 1.5.7 15 10507 15.so.15.7[.0] | |
5765 | ||
5766 | Henceforth the source version will match the shared-library minor | |
5767 | and patch numbers; the shared-library major version number will be | |
5768 | used for changes in backward compatibility, as it is intended. The | |
5769 | PNG_PNGLIB_VER macro, which is not used within libpng but is available | |
5770 | for applications, is an unsigned integer of the form xyyzz corresponding | |
5771 | to the source version x.y.z (leading zeros in y and z). Beta versions | |
5772 | were given the previous public release number plus a letter, until | |
5773 | version 1.0.6j; from then on they were given the upcoming public | |
5774 | release number plus "betaNN" or "rcN". | |
5775 | ||
5776 | .SH "SEE ALSO" | |
5777 | .BR "png"(5), " libpngpf"(3), " zlib"(3), " deflate"(5), " " and " zlib"(5) | |
5778 | ||
5779 | .LP | |
5780 | .IR libpng : | |
5781 | .IP | |
5782 | http://libpng.sourceforge.net (follow the [DOWNLOAD] link) | |
5783 | http://www.libpng.org/pub/png | |
5784 | ||
5785 | .LP | |
5786 | .IR zlib : | |
5787 | .IP | |
5788 | (generally) at the same location as | |
5789 | .I libpng | |
5790 | or at | |
5791 | .br | |
5792 | ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/zlib | |
5793 | ||
5794 | .LP | |
5795 | .IR PNG specification: RFC 2083 | |
5796 | .IP | |
5797 | (generally) at the same location as | |
5798 | .I libpng | |
5799 | or at | |
5800 | .br | |
5801 | ftp://ds.internic.net/rfc/rfc2083.txt | |
5802 | .br | |
5803 | or (as a W3C Recommendation) at | |
5804 | .br | |
5805 | http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-png.html | |
5806 | ||
5807 | .LP | |
5808 | In the case of any inconsistency between the PNG specification | |
5809 | and this library, the specification takes precedence. | |
5810 | ||
5811 | .SH AUTHORS | |
5812 | This man page: Glenn Randers-Pehrson | |
5813 | <glennrp at users.sourceforge.net> | |
5814 | ||
5815 | The contributing authors would like to thank all those who helped | |
5816 | with testing, bug fixes, and patience. This wouldn't have been | |
5817 | possible without all of you. | |
5818 | ||
5819 | Thanks to Frank J. T. Wojcik for helping with the documentation. | |
5820 | ||
5821 | Libpng version 1.5.7 - December 15, 2011: | |
5822 | Initially created in 1995 by Guy Eric Schalnat, then of Group 42, Inc. | |
5823 | Currently maintained by Glenn Randers-Pehrson (glennrp at users.sourceforge.net). | |
5824 | ||
5825 | Supported by the PNG development group | |
5826 | .br | |
5827 | png-mng-implement at lists.sf.net | |
5828 | (subscription required; visit | |
5829 | png-mng-implement at lists.sourceforge.net (subscription required; visit | |
5830 | https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/png-mng-implement | |
5831 | to subscribe). | |
5832 | ||
5833 | .SH COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE: | |
5834 | ||
5835 | (This copy of the libpng notices is provided for your convenience. In case of | |
5836 | any discrepancy between this copy and the notices in the file png.h that is | |
5837 | included in the libpng distribution, the latter shall prevail.) | |
5838 | ||
5839 | If you modify libpng you may insert additional notices immediately following | |
5840 | this sentence. | |
5841 | ||
5842 | This code is released under the libpng license. | |
5843 | ||
5844 | libpng versions 1.2.6, August 15, 2004, through 1.5.7, December 15, 2011, are | |
5845 | Copyright (c) 2004,2006-2007 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are | |
5846 | distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-1.2.5 | |
5847 | with the following individual added to the list of Contributing Authors | |
5848 | ||
5849 | Cosmin Truta | |
5850 | ||
5851 | libpng versions 1.0.7, July 1, 2000, through 1.2.5 - October 3, 2002, are | |
5852 | Copyright (c) 2000-2002 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are | |
5853 | distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-1.0.6 | |
5854 | with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors | |
5855 | ||
5856 | Simon-Pierre Cadieux | |
5857 | Eric S. Raymond | |
5858 | Gilles Vollant | |
5859 | ||
5860 | and with the following additions to the disclaimer: | |
5861 | ||
5862 | There is no warranty against interference with your | |
5863 | enjoyment of the library or against infringement. | |
5864 | There is no warranty that our efforts or the library | |
5865 | will fulfill any of your particular purposes or needs. | |
5866 | This library is provided with all faults, and the entire | |
5867 | risk of satisfactory quality, performance, accuracy, and | |
5868 | effort is with the user. | |
5869 | ||
5870 | libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.0.6, March 20, 2000, are | |
5871 | Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Glenn Randers-Pehrson | |
5872 | Distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-0.96, | |
5873 | with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors: | |
5874 | ||
5875 | Tom Lane | |
5876 | Glenn Randers-Pehrson | |
5877 | Willem van Schaik | |
5878 | ||
5879 | libpng versions 0.89, June 1996, through 0.96, May 1997, are | |
5880 | Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger | |
5881 | Distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-0.88, | |
5882 | with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors: | |
5883 | ||
5884 | John Bowler | |
5885 | Kevin Bracey | |
5886 | Sam Bushell | |
5887 | Magnus Holmgren | |
5888 | Greg Roelofs | |
5889 | Tom Tanner | |
5890 | ||
5891 | libpng versions 0.5, May 1995, through 0.88, January 1996, are | |
5892 | Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc. | |
5893 | ||
5894 | For the purposes of this copyright and license, "Contributing Authors" | |
5895 | is defined as the following set of individuals: | |
5896 | ||
5897 | Andreas Dilger | |
5898 | Dave Martindale | |
5899 | Guy Eric Schalnat | |
5900 | Paul Schmidt | |
5901 | Tim Wegner | |
5902 | ||
5903 | The PNG Reference Library is supplied "AS IS". The Contributing Authors | |
5904 | and Group 42, Inc. disclaim all warranties, expressed or implied, | |
5905 | including, without limitation, the warranties of merchantability and of | |
5906 | fitness for any purpose. The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. | |
5907 | assume no liability for direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, | |
5908 | or consequential damages, which may result from the use of the PNG | |
5909 | Reference Library, even if advised of the possibility of such damage. | |
5910 | ||
5911 | Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this | |
5912 | source code, or portions hereof, for any purpose, without fee, subject | |
5913 | to the following restrictions: | |
5914 | ||
5915 | 1. The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented. | |
5916 | ||
5917 | 2. Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and | |
5918 | must not be misrepresented as being the original source. | |
5919 | ||
5920 | 3. This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from | |
5921 | any source or altered source distribution. | |
5922 | ||
5923 | The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. specifically permit, without | |
5924 | fee, and encourage the use of this source code as a component to | |
5925 | supporting the PNG file format in commercial products. If you use this | |
5926 | source code in a product, acknowledgment is not required but would be | |
5927 | appreciated. | |
5928 | ||
5929 | ||
5930 | A "png_get_copyright" function is available, for convenient use in "about" | |
5931 | boxes and the like: | |
5932 | ||
5933 | printf("%s",png_get_copyright(NULL)); | |
5934 | ||
5935 | Also, the PNG logo (in PNG format, of course) is supplied in the | |
5936 | files "pngbar.png" and "pngbar.jpg (88x31) and "pngnow.png" (98x31). | |
5937 | ||
5938 | Libpng is OSI Certified Open Source Software. OSI Certified Open Source is a | |
5939 | certification mark of the Open Source Initiative. | |
5940 | ||
5941 | Glenn Randers-Pehrson | |
5942 | glennrp at users.sourceforge.net | |
5943 | December 15, 2011 | |
5944 | ||
5945 | .\" end of man page | |
5946 |